wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 209 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 210 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 211 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 212 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 213 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 214 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 215 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 216 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 217 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 218 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 219 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 220 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 221 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 223 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 227 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 228 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 229 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 230 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 231 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 232 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 233 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 234 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 235 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 236 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 237 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 238 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 239 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 240 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 241 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 242 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 243 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 244 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 245 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 246 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 247 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 248 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 249 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 250 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 251 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 252 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 253 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 254 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 255 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 256 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 257 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 258 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 259 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 260 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 261 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 262 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 263 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 264 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 265 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 268 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 269 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 270 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 271 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 272 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 273 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 274 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 275 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 276 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 277 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 278 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 279 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 280 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 281 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 282 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 283 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 284 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 285 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 286 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 287 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 288 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 289 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 290 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 291 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 292 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 293 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 294 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 295 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 296 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 297 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 298 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 299 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 300 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 301 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 302 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 303 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 304 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 305 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 306 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 307 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 308 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 309 UP = _core_.UP
 310 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 311 TOP = _core_.TOP
 312 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 313 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 314 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 315 WEST = _core_.WEST
 316 EAST = _core_.EAST
 317 ALL = _core_.ALL
 318 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 319 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 320 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 321 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 322 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 323 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 324 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 328 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 329 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 330 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 331 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 332 GROW = _core_.GROW
 333 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 334 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 335 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 336 TILE = _core_.TILE
 337 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 338 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 339 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 340 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 341 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 342 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 343 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 344 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 345 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 346 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 347 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 348 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 349 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 350 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 351 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 352 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 353 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 354 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 355 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 356 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 357 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 358 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 359 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 360 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 361 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 362 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 363 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 364 DOT = _core_.DOT
 365 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 366 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 367 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 368 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 369 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 370 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 371 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 372 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 373 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 374 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 375 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 376 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 377 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 378 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 379 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 380 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 381 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 382 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 383 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 384 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 385 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 386 XOR = _core_.XOR
 387 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 388 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 389 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 390 COPY = _core_.COPY
 391 AND = _core_.AND
 392 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 393 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 394 NOR = _core_.NOR
 395 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 396 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 397 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 398 NAND = _core_.NAND
 399 OR = _core_.OR
 400 SET = _core_.SET
 401 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 402 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 403 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 404 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 405 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 406 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 407 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 408 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 409 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 410 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 411 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 412 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 413 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 414 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 415 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 416 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 417 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 418 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 419 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 420 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 421 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 422 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 423 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 424 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 425 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 426 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 427 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 428 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 429 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 430 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 431 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 432 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 433 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 434 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 435 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 436 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 437 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 438 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 439 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 440 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 441 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 442 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 443 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 444 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 445 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 446 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 447 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 448 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 449 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 450 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 451 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 452 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 453 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 454 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 455 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 456 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 457 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 458 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 459 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 460 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 461 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 462 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 463 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 464 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 465 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 466 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 467 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 468 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 469 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 470 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 471 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 472 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 473 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 474 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 475 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 476 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 504 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 505 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 506 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 507 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 508 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 509 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 510 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 511 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 512 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 513 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 514 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 515 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 516 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 517 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 518 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 519 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 520 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 521 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 522 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 523 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 524 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 525 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 526 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 527 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 528 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 529 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 530 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 531 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 532 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 533 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 534 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 535 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 536 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 537 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 538 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 539 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 540 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 541 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 542 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 543 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 544 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 545 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 546 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 547 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 548 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 549 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 550 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 551 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 552 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 553 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 554 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 555 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 556 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 557 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 558 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 559 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 560 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 561 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 562 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 563 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 564 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 565 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 566 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 569 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 570 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 571 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 572 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 573 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 574 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 575 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 576 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 579 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 580 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 583 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 584 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 585 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 586 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 587 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 593 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 596 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 598 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 600 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 601 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 615 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 618 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 620 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 621 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 622 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 623 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 624 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 625 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 626 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 627 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 628 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 629 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 630 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 631 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 632 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 645 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 646 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 647 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 648 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 649 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 650 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 651 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 652 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 653 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 663 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 664 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 665 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 666 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 667 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 668 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 669 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 670 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 671 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 672 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 673 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 674 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 675 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 676 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 677 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 681 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 682 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 683 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 684 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 685
 686 class Object(object):
 687     """
 688     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 689     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 690     """
 691     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 692     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 693     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 694     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 695         """
 696         GetClassName(self) -> String
 697
 698         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 699         """
 700         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 701
 702     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 703         """
 704         Destroy(self)
 705
 706         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 707         """
 708         args[0].this.own(False)
 709         return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 710
 711     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 712 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 713 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 714 cvar = _core_.cvar
 715 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 716
 717 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 718
 719 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 720 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 721 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 722 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 739 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 740 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 741 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 742 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 743 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 744 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 745 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 746 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 747 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 748 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 749 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 750 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 751 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 752 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 753 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 754 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 755 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 756 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 757 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 758 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 759 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 760 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 761 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 762 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 763 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 764 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 765 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 766 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 767 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 768 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 769 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 770 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 771
 772 class Size(object):
 773     """
 774     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 775     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 776     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 777     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 778     """
 779     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 780     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 781     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 782     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 783     x = width; y = height
 784     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 785         """
 786         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 787
 788         Creates a size object.
 789         """
 790         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 791     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 792     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 793     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 794         """
 795         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 796
 797         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 798         """
 799         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 800
 801     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 802         """
 803         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 804
 805         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 806         """
 807         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 808
 809     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 810         """
 811         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 812
 813         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 814         """
 815         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 816
 817     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 818         """
 819         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 820
 821         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 822         """
 823         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 824
 825     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 826         """
 827         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 828
 829         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 830         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 831         """
 832         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 833
 834     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 835         """
 836         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 837
 838         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 839         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 840         """
 841         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 842
 843     def IncBy(*args, **kwargs):
 844         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 845         return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs)
 846
 847     def DecBy(*args, **kwargs):
 848         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 849         return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs)
 850
 851     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 852         """
 853         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 854
 855         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 856         """
 857         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 858
 859     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 860         """
 861         Set(self, int w, int h)
 862
 863         Set both width and height.
 864         """
 865         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 866
 867     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 868         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 869         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 870
 871     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 872         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 873         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 874
 875     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 876         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 877         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 878
 879     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 880         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 881         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 882
 883     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 884         """
 885         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 886
 887         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 888         """
 889         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 890
 891     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 892         """
 893         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 894
 895         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 896         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 897         """
 898         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 899
 900     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 901         """
 902         Get() -> (width,height)
 903
 904         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 905         """
 906         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 907
 908     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 909     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 910     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 911     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 912     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 913     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 914         if index == 0: self.width = val
 915         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 916         else: raise IndexError
 917     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 918     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 919     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 920
 921 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 922
 923 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 924
 925 class RealPoint(object):
 926     """
 927     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 928     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 929     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 930     """
 931     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 932     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 933     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 934     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 935     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 936         """
 937         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 938
 939         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 940         """
 941         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 942     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 943     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 944     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 945         """
 946         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 947
 948         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 949         """
 950         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 951
 952     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 953         """
 954         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 955
 956         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 957         """
 958         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 959
 960     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 961         """
 962         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 963
 964         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 965         """
 966         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 967
 968     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 969         """
 970         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 971
 972         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 973         """
 974         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 975
 976     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 977         """
 978         Set(self, double x, double y)
 979
 980         Set both the x and y properties
 981         """
 982         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 983
 984     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 985         """
 986         Get() -> (x,y)
 987
 988         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 989         """
 990         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 991
 992     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 993     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 994     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 995     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 996     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 997     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 998         if index == 0: self.x = val
 999         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1000         else: raise IndexError
1001     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1002     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1003     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1004
1005 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1006
1007 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1008
1009 class Point(object):
1010     """
1011     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1012     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1013     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1014     """
1015     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1016     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1017     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1018     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1019     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1020         """
1021         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1022
1023         Create a wx.Point object
1024         """
1025         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1026     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1027     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1028     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1029         """
1030         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1031
1032         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1033         """
1034         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1035
1036     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1037         """
1038         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1039
1040         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1041         """
1042         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1043
1044     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1045         """
1046         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1047
1048         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1049         """
1050         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1051
1052     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1053         """
1054         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1055
1056         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1057         """
1058         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1059
1060     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1061         """
1062         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1063
1064         Add pt to this object.
1065         """
1066         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1067
1068     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1069         """
1070         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1071
1072         Subtract pt from this object.
1073         """
1074         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1075
1076     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1077         """
1078         Set(self, long x, long y)
1079
1080         Set both the x and y properties
1081         """
1082         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1083
1084     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1085         """
1086         Get() -> (x,y)
1087
1088         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1089         """
1090         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1091
1092     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1093     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1094     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1095     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1096     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1097     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1098         if index == 0: self.x = val
1099         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1100         else: raise IndexError
1101     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1102     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1103     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1104
1105 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1106
1107 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 class Rect(object):
1110     """
1111     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1112     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1113     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1114     """
1115     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1116     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1117     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1118         """
1119         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1120
1121         Create a new Rect object.
1122         """
1123         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1124     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1125     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1126     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1127         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1128         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1129
1130     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1131         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1132         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1133
1134     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1135         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1136         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1137
1138     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1139         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1140         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1141
1142     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1143         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1144         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1145
1146     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1147         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1148         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1149
1150     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1151         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1152         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1153
1154     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1155         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1156         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1157
1158     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1159         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1160         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1161
1162     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1163         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1164         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1165
1166     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1167         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1168         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1169
1170     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1171         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1172         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1173
1174     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1175         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1176         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1177
1178     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1179         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1180         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1181
1182     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1183         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1184         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1185
1186     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1187         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1188         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1189
1190     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1191         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1192         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1193
1194     def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1195         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point"""
1196         return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1197
1198     def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1199         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)"""
1200         return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1201
1202     def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1203         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point"""
1204         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1205
1206     def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1207         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)"""
1208         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1209
1210     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1211         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1212         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1213
1214     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1215         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1216         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1217
1218     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1219         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1220         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1221
1222     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1223         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1224         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1225
1226     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1227         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1228         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1229
1230     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1231         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1232         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1233
1234     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1235         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1236         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1237
1238     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1239         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1240         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1241
1242     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1243     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1244     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1245     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1246     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1247     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1248
1249     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1250         """
1251         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1252
1253         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1254
1255         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1256         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1257         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1258         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1259         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1260         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1261         direction.
1262
1263         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1264         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1265         first::
1266
1267             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1268             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1269
1270
1271         """
1272         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1273
1274     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1275         """
1276         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1277
1278         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1279         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1280         `Inflate` for a full description.
1281         """
1282         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1283
1284     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1285         """
1286         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1287
1288         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1289         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1290         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1291         """
1292         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1293
1294     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1295         """
1296         Offset(self, Point pt)
1297
1298         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1299         """
1300         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1301
1302     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1303         """
1304         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1305
1306         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1307         """
1308         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1309
1310     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1311         """
1312         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1313
1314         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1315         """
1316         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1317
1318     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1319         """
1320         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1321
1322         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1323         """
1324         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1325
1326     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1327         """
1328         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1329
1330         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1331         """
1332         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1333
1334     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1335         """
1336         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1337
1338         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1339         """
1340         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1341
1342     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1343         """
1344         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1345
1346         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1347         """
1348         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1349
1350     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1351         """
1352         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1353
1354         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1355         """
1356         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1357
1358     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1359         """
1360         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1361
1362         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1363         """
1364         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1365
1366     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1367         """
1368         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1369
1370         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1371         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1372         """
1373         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1374
1375     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1376     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1377     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1378     Inside = Contains
1379     InsideXY = ContainsXY
1380     InsideRect = ContainsRect
1381
1382     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1383         """
1384         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1385
1386         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1387         """
1388         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1389
1390     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1391         """
1392         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1393
1394         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1395         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1396         """
1397         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1398
1399     CentreIn = CenterIn
1400     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1401     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1402     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1403     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1404     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1405         """
1406         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1407
1408         Set all rectangle properties.
1409         """
1410         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1411
1412     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1413         """
1414         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1415
1416         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1417         """
1418         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1419
1420     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1421     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1422     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1423     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1424     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1425     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1426         if index == 0: self.x = val
1427         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1428         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1429         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1430         else: raise IndexError
1431     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1432     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1433     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1434
1435     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1436     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1437     BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")
1438     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1439     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1440     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1441     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1442     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1443     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1444     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1445     TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")
1446     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1447     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1448     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1449     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1450 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1451
1452 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1453     """
1454     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1455
1456     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1457     """
1458     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1459     return val
1460
1461 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1462     """
1463     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1464
1465     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1466     """
1467     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1468     return val
1469
1470 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1471     """
1472     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1473
1474     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1475     """
1476     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1477     return val
1478
1479
1480 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1481   """
1482     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1483
1484     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1485     """
1486   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1487 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1488
1489 class Point2D(object):
1490     """
1491     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1492     with floating point values.
1493     """
1494     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1495     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1496     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1497         """
1498         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1499
1500         Create a w.Point2D object.
1501         """
1502         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1503     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D
1504     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1505     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1506         """
1507         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1508
1509         Convert to integer
1510         """
1511         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1512
1513     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1514         """
1515         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1516
1517         Convert to integer
1518         """
1519         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1520
1521     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1522         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1523         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1524
1525     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1526         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1527         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1528
1529     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1530         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1531         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1532
1533     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1534         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1535         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1536
1537     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1538         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1539         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1540     def Normalize(self):
1541         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1542
1543     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1544         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1545         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1546
1547     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1548         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1549         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1550
1551     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1552         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1553         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1554
1555     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1556         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1557         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1558
1559     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1560         """
1561         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1562
1563         the reflection of this point
1564         """
1565         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1566
1567     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1568         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1569         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1570
1571     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1572         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1573         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1574
1575     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1576         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1577         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1578
1579     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1580         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1581         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1582
1583     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1584         """
1585         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1586
1587         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1588         """
1589         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1590
1591     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1592         """
1593         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1594
1595         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1596         """
1597         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1598
1599     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1600     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1601     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1602         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1603         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1604
1605     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1606         """
1607         Get() -> (x,y)
1608
1609         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1610         """
1611         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1612
1613     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1614     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1615     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1616     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1617     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1618     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1619         if index == 0: self.x = val
1620         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1621         else: raise IndexError
1622     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1623     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1624     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1625
1626     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1627     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1628     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1629     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1630 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1631
1632 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1633     """
1634     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1635
1636     Create a w.Point2D object.
1637     """
1638     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1639     return val
1640
1641 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1642     """
1643     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1644
1645     Create a w.Point2D object.
1646     """
1647     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1648     return val
1649
1650 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1651
1652 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1653 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1654 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1655 class InputStream(object):
1656     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1657     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1658     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1659     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1660         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1661         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1662     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1663     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1664     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1665         """close(self)"""
1666         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1667
1668     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1669         """flush(self)"""
1670         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1671
1672     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1673         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1674         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1675
1676     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1677         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1678         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1679
1680     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1681         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1682         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1683
1684     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1685         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1686         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1687
1688     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1689         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1690         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1691
1692     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1693         """tell(self) -> int"""
1694         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1695
1696     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1697         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1698         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1699
1700     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1701         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1702         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1703
1704     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1705         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1706         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1707
1708     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1709         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1710         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1711
1712     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1713         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1714         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1715
1716     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1717         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1718         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1719
1720     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1721         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1722         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1723
1724     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1725         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1726         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1727
1728 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1729 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1730 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1731
1732 class OutputStream(object):
1733     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1734     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1735     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1736     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1737     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1738         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1739         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1740
1741     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1742         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1743         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1744
1745 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1746
1747 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1748
1749 class FSFile(Object):
1750     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1751     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1752     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1753     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1754         """
1755         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1756             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1757         """
1758         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1759     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1760     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1761     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1762         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1763         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1764
1765     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
1766         """DetachStream(self)"""
1767         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
1768
1769     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1770         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1771         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1772
1773     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1774         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1775         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1776
1777     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1778         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1779         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1780
1781     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1782         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1783         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1784
1785     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1786     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
1787     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
1788     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
1789     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
1790 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1791
1792 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1793     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1794     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1795     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1796     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1797     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1798     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1799 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1800
1801 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1802     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1803     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1804     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1805     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1806         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1807         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1808         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1809
1810     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1811         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1812         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1813
1814     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1815         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1816         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1817
1818     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1819         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1820         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1821
1822     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1823         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1824         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1825
1826     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1827         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1828         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1829
1830     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1831         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1832         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1833
1834     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1835         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1836         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1837
1838     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1839         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1840         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1843         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1844         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1845
1846     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1847         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1848         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1849
1850     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1851     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
1852     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
1853     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
1854     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
1855 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1856
1857 class FileSystem(Object):
1858     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1859     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1860     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1861     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1862         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1863         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1864     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1865     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1866     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1867         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1868         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1869
1870     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1871         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1872         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1873
1874     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1875         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1876         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1877
1878     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1879         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1880         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1881
1882     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1883         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1884         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1885
1886     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1887         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1888         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1889
1890     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1891     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1892         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1893         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1894
1895     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
1896     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1897         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1898         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1899
1900     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1901     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1902         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1903         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1904
1905     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1906     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1907         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1908         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1909
1910     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1911     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
1912 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1913
1914 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1915   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1916   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1917
1918 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1919   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1920   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1921
1922 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1923   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1924   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1925
1926 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1927   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1928   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1929
1930 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1931   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1932   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1933
1934 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1935     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1936     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1937     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1938     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1939         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1940         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1941     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1942         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1943         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1944
1945     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1946         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1947         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1948
1949 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1950
1951 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1952     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1953     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1954     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1955     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1956         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1957         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1958     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1959         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1960         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1963         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1964         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1965
1966     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1967         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1968         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1969
1970     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1971         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1972         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1973
1974 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1975
1976
1977 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1978   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1979   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1980
1981 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1982   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1983   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1984
1985 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1986   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1987   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1988 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1989     """
1990     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1991     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1992     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1993     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1994     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1995     """
1996     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1997         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1998     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1999         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2000     elif type(dataItem) == str:
2001         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
2002     else:
2003         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2004
2005 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2006     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2007     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2008     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2009     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2010         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2011         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2012     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2013         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2014         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2015
2016     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
2017     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
2018     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2019         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2020         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2021
2022     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2023         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2024         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2025
2026     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2027         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2028         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2029
2030     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2031         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2032         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2033
2034 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2035
2036 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2037   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2038   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2039
2040 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2041 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2042 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2043 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
2044 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
2045 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2046
2047 class ImageHandler(Object):
2048     """
2049     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2050     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2051     normally seen by the application.
2052     """
2053     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2054     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2055     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2056     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2057         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2058         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2059
2060     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2061         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2062         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2063
2064     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2065         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2066         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2067
2068     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2069         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2070         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2071
2072     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2073         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2074         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2075
2076     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2077         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2078         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2079
2080     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2081         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2082         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2083
2084     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2085         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2086         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2087
2088     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2089         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2090         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2091
2092     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2093         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2094         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2095
2096     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2097     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2098     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2099     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2100 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2101
2102 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2103     """
2104     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2105     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2106     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2107     the following methods::
2108
2109         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2110             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2111
2112         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2113             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2114
2115         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2116             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2117                this handler's image file format.'''
2118
2119         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2120             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2121                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2122
2123     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2124     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2125     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2126
2127     """
2128     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2129     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2130     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2131         """
2132         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2133
2134         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2135         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2136         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2137         the following methods::
2138
2139             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2140                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2141
2142             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2143                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2144
2145             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2146                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2147                    this handler's image file format.'''
2148
2149             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2150                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2151                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2152
2153         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2154         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2155         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2156
2157         """
2158         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2159         self._SetSelf(self)
2160
2161     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2162         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2163         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2164
2165 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2166
2167 class ImageHistogram(object):
2168     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2169     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2170     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2171     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2172         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2173         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2174     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2175         """
2176         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2177
2178         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2179         """
2180         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2181
2182     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2183     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2184         """
2185         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2186
2187         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2188         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2189         success flag and rgb values.
2190         """
2191         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2192
2193     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2194         """
2195         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2196
2197         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2198         key value from a RGB tripple.
2199         """
2200         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2201
2202     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2203         """
2204         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2205
2206         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2207         """
2208         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2209
2210     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2211         """
2212         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2213
2214         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2215         """
2216         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2217
2218 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2219
2220 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2221   """
2222     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2223
2224     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2225     """
2226   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2227
2228 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2229     """
2230     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2231     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2232     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2233     color space.
2234     """
2235     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2236     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2237     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2238         """
2239         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2240
2241         Constructor.
2242         """
2243         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2244     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2245     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2246     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2247 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2248
2249 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2250     """
2251     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2252     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2253     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2254     color space.
2255     """
2256     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2257     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2258     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2259         """
2260         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2261
2262         Constructor.
2263         """
2264         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2265     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2266     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2267     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2268 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2269
2270 class Image(Object):
2271     """
2272     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2273     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2274     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2275     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2276
2277     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2278     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2279     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2280     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2281
2282     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2283     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2284     bitmap object.
2285
2286     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2287     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2288     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2289     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2290     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2291
2292     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2293     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2294     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2295     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2296     """
2297     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2298     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2299     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2300         """
2301         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2302
2303         Loads an image from a file.
2304         """
2305         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2306     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2307     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2308     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2309         """
2310         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2311
2312         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2313         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2314         """
2315         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2316
2317     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2318         """
2319         Destroy(self)
2320
2321         Destroys the image data.
2322         """
2323         args[0].this.own(False)
2324         return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2325
2326     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2327         """
2328         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2329
2330         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2331         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2332         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter
2333         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be
2334         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling
2335         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses
2336         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and
2337         downsampling respectively.
2338         """
2339         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2340
2341     def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs):
2342         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2343         return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs)
2344
2345     def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs):
2346         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2347         return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs)
2348
2349     def Blur(*args, **kwargs):
2350         """
2351         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image
2352
2353         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the
2354         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a
2355         single mask colour for transparency.
2356         """
2357         return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs)
2358
2359     def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs):
2360         """
2361         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image
2362
2363         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be
2364         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2365
2366         """
2367         return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs)
2368
2369     def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs):
2370         """
2371         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image
2372
2373         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be
2374         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2375         """
2376         return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs)
2377
2378     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2379         """
2380         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2381
2382         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2383         """
2384         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2385
2386     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2387         """
2388         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2389
2390         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2391         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2392
2393         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2394         """
2395         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2396
2397     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2398         """
2399         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2400
2401         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2402         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2403         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2404         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2405         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2406         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2407         newly exposed areas.
2408
2409         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2410         """
2411         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2412
2413     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2414         """
2415         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2416
2417         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2418         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2419         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2420         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2421         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2422         """
2423         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2424
2425     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2426         """
2427         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2428
2429         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2430         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2431         safe way to manipulate the data.
2432         """
2433         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2434
2435     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2436         """
2437         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2438
2439         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2440         """
2441         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2442
2443     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2444         """
2445         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2446
2447         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2448         """
2449         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2450
2451     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2452         """
2453         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2454
2455         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2456         """
2457         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2458
2459     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2460         """
2461         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2462
2463         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2464         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2465         for this.
2466         """
2467         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2468
2469     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2470         """
2471         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2472
2473         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2474         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2475         this.
2476
2477         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2478         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2479         the fully opaque pixels.
2480         """
2481         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2482
2483     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2484         """
2485         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2486
2487         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2488         """
2489         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2490
2491     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2492         """
2493         InitAlpha(self)
2494
2495         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2496         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2497         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2498         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2499         """
2500         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2501
2502     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2503         """
2504         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2505
2506         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2507         than the spcified threshold.
2508         """
2509         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2510
2511     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2512         """
2513         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2514
2515         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2516         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2517         success flag and rgb values.
2518         """
2519         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2520
2521     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2522         """
2523         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2524
2525         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2526         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2527         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2528         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2529
2530         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2531         nothing.
2532         """
2533         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2534
2535     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2536         """
2537         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2538
2539         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2540         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2541         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2542         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2543         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2544         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2545         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2546         """
2547         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2548
2549     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2550         """
2551         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2552
2553         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2554         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2555         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2556         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2557         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2558
2559         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2560         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2561         mask was successfully applied.
2562
2563         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2564         computationally intensive operation.
2565         """
2566         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2567
2568     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2569         """
2570         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2571
2572         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2573         """
2574         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2575
2576     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2577     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2578         """
2579         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2580
2581         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2582         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2583         the number of available images.
2584         """
2585         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2586
2587     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2588     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2589         """
2590         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2591
2592         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2593         library will try to autodetect the format.
2594         """
2595         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2596
2597     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2598         """
2599         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2600
2601         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2602         string.
2603         """
2604         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2605
2606     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2607         """
2608         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2609
2610         Saves an image in the named file.
2611         """
2612         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2613
2614     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2615         """
2616         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2617
2618         Saves an image in the named file.
2619         """
2620         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2621
2622     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2623         """
2624         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2625
2626         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2627         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2628         object.
2629         """
2630         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2631
2632     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2633     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2634         """
2635         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2636
2637         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2638         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2639         autodetect the format.
2640         """
2641         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2642
2643     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2644         """
2645         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2646
2647         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2648         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2649         """
2650         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2651
2652     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
2653         """
2654         IsOk(self) -> bool
2655
2656         Returns true if image data is present.
2657         """
2658         return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
2659
2660     Ok = IsOk
2661     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2662         """
2663         GetWidth(self) -> int
2664
2665         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2666         """
2667         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2668
2669     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2670         """
2671         GetHeight(self) -> int
2672
2673         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2674         """
2675         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2676
2677     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2678         """
2679         GetSize(self) -> Size
2680
2681         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2682         """
2683         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2684
2685     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2686         """
2687         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2688
2689         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2690         entirely to the image.
2691         """
2692         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2693
2694     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2695         """
2696         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2697
2698         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2699         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2700         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2701         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2702         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2703         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2704         newly exposed areas.
2705         """
2706         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2709         """
2710         Copy(self) -> Image
2711
2712         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2713         """
2714         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2715
2716     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2717         """
2718         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2719
2720         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2721         and any out of bounds problems.
2722         """
2723         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2724
2725     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2726         """
2727         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2728
2729         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2730         """
2731         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2732
2733     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2734         """
2735         SetData(self, buffer data)
2736
2737         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2738         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2739         the data must be width*height*3.
2740         """
2741         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2742
2743     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2744         """
2745         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2746
2747         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2748         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2749         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2750         """
2751         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2752
2753     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2754         """
2755         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2756
2757         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2758         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2759         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2760         """
2761         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2762
2763     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2764         """
2765         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2766
2767         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2768         """
2769         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2770
2771     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2772         """
2773         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2774
2775         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2776         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2777         data must be width*height.
2778         """
2779         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2780
2781     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2782         """
2783         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2784
2785         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
2786         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
2787         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2788         """
2789         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2790
2791     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2792         """
2793         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
2794
2795         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
2796         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2797         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
2798         """
2799         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2800
2801     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2802         """
2803         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2804
2805         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2806         mask).
2807         """
2808         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2809
2810     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2811         """
2812         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2813
2814         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2815         """
2816         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2817
2818     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2819         """
2820         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2821
2822         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2823         """
2824         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2825
2826     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2827         """
2828         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2829
2830         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2831         """
2832         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2833
2834     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2835         """
2836         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2837
2838         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2839         """
2840         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2841
2842     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2843         """
2844         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2845
2846         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2847         determined by the current mask colour.
2848         """
2849         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """
2853         HasMask(self) -> bool
2854
2855         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2856         """
2857         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2858
2859     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2860         """
2861         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2862             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2863
2864         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2865         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2866         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2867         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2868         will be used as the fill colour.
2869
2870         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2871         """
2872         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2873
2874     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2875         """
2876         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2877
2878         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2879         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2880         """
2881         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2882
2883     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2884         """
2885         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2886
2887         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2888         indicates the orientation.
2889         """
2890         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2891
2892     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2893         """
2894         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2895
2896         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2897         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2898         """
2899         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2900
2901     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2902         """
2903         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2904
2905         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2906         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2907         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2908         """
2909         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2910
2911     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2912         """
2913         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2914
2915         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2916         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2917         colour everywhere else.
2918         """
2919         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2920
2921     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2922         """
2923         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2924
2925         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2926         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2927         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2928         """
2929         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2930
2931     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2932         """
2933         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2934
2935         Sets an image option as an integer.
2936         """
2937         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2938
2939     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2940         """
2941         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2942
2943         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2944         """
2945         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2946
2947     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2948         """
2949         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2950
2951         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2952         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2953         """
2954         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2955
2956     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2957         """
2958         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2959
2960         Returns true if the given option is present.
2961         """
2962         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2963
2964     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2965         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2966         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2967
2968     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2969         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2970         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2971
2972     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2973         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2974         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2975
2976     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2977     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2978         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2979         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2980
2981     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2982     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2983         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2984         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2985
2986     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2987     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2988         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2989         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2990
2991     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2992     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2993         """
2994         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2995
2996         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2997         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2998         dialog boxes.
2999         """
3000         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
3001
3002     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
3003     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3004         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3005         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3006
3007     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3008         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3009         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3010
3011     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
3012         """
3013         RotateHue(self, double angle)
3014
3015         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3016         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3017         """
3018         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
3019
3020     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3021         """
3022         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3023
3024         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3025         """
3026         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3027
3028     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
3029     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3030         """
3031         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3032
3033         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3034         """
3035         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3036
3037     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
3038     def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk()
3039     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
3040     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
3041     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
3042     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
3043     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
3044     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
3045     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
3046     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
3047     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
3048 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
3049
3050 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
3051     """
3052     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3053
3054     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3055     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3056     """
3057     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
3058     return val
3059
3060 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
3061     """
3062     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3063
3064     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3065     object.
3066     """
3067     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
3068     return val
3069
3070 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
3071     """
3072     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3073
3074     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3075     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3076     """
3077     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3078     return val
3079
3080 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3081     """
3082     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3083
3084     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3085     pixels to black.
3086     """
3087     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3088     return val
3089
3090 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3091     """
3092     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3093
3094     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3095     """
3096     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3097     return val
3098
3099 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3100     """
3101     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3102
3103     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3104     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3105     must be width*height*3.
3106     """
3107     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3108     return val
3109
3110 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3111     """
3112     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3113
3114     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3115     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3116     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3117     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3118     """
3119     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3120     return val
3121
3122 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3123   """
3124     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3125
3126     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3127     """
3128   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3129
3130 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3131   """
3132     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3133
3134     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3135     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3136     the number of available images.
3137     """
3138   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3139
3140 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3141   """
3142     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3143
3144     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3145     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3146     object.
3147     """
3148   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3149
3150 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3151   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3152   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3153
3154 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3155   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3156   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3157
3158 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3159   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3160   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3161
3162 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3163   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3164   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3165
3166 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3167   """
3168     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3169
3170     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3171     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3172     dialog boxes.
3173     """
3174   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3175
3176 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3177   """
3178     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3179
3180     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3181     """
3182   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3183
3184 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3185   """
3186     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3187
3188     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3189     """
3190   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3191
3192
3193 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3194   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3195   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3196 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3197     """
3198     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3199     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3200     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3201     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3202     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3203     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3204
3205     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3206     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3207     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3208     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3209     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3210
3211     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3212     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3213     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3214     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3215     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3216     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3217     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3218     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3219     them to change size.
3220     """
3221     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3222     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3223     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3224     return image
3225
3226 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3227     """
3228     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3229     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3230     """
3231     pass
3232
3233 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3234 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3235 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3236 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3237 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3238 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3239 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3240 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3241 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3242 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3243 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3244 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3245 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3246 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3247 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3248     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3249     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3250     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3251     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3252         """
3253         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3254
3255         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3256         """
3257         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3258 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3259 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3260 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3261 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3262 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3263 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3264 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3265 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3266 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3267 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3268 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3269 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3270 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3271 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3272 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3273 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3274 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3275
3276 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3277     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3278     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3279     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3280     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3281         """
3282         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3283
3284         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3285         """
3286         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3287 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3288
3289 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3290     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3291     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3292     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3293     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3294         """
3295         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3296
3297         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3298         """
3299         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3300 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3301
3302 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3303     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3304     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3305     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3306     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3307         """
3308         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3309
3310         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3311         """
3312         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3313 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3314
3315 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3316     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3317     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3318     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3319     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3320         """
3321         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3322
3323         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3324         """
3325         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3326 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3327
3328 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3329     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3330     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3331     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3332     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3333         """
3334         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3335
3336         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3337         """
3338         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3339 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3340
3341 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3342     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3343     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3344     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3345     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3346         """
3347         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3348
3349         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3350         """
3351         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3352 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3353
3354 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3355     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3356     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3357     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3358     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3359         """
3360         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3361
3362         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3363         """
3364         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3365 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3366
3367 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3368     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3369     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3370     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3371     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3372         """
3373         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3374
3375         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3376         """
3377         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3378 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3379
3380 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3381     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3382     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3383     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3384     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3385         """
3386         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3387
3388         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3389         """
3390         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3391 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3392
3393 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3394     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3395     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3396     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3397     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3398         """
3399         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3400
3401         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3402         """
3403         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3404 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3405
3406 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3407 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3408 class Quantize(object):
3409     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3410     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3411     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3412     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3413     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3414         """
3415         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3416
3417         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3418         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3419         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3420         """
3421         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3422
3423     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3424 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3425
3426 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3427   """
3428     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3429
3430     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3431     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3432     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3433     """
3434   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3435
3436 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3437
3438 class EvtHandler(Object):
3439     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3440     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3441     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3442     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3443         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3444         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3445         self._setOORInfo(self)
3446
3447     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3448         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3449         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3450
3451     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3452         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3453         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3454
3455     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3456         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3457         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3458
3459     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3460         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3461         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3462
3463     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3464         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3465         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3466
3467     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3468         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3469         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3470
3471     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3472         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3473         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3474
3475     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3476         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3477         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3478
3479     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3480         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3481         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3482
3483     def AllowReentrance(*args, **kwargs):
3484         """AllowReentrance(self, bool allow=True)"""
3485         return _core_.EvtHandler_AllowReentrance(*args, **kwargs)
3486
3487     def IsReentranceAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
3488         """IsReentranceAllowed(self) -> bool"""
3489         return _core_.EvtHandler_IsReentranceAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
3490
3491     def IsEventHandlingInProgress(*args, **kwargs):
3492         """IsEventHandlingInProgress(self) -> bool"""
3493         return _core_.EvtHandler_IsEventHandlingInProgress(*args, **kwargs)
3494
3495     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3496         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3497         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3498
3499     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3500         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3501         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3502
3503     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3504         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3505         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3506         args[0].thisown = 0
3507         return val
3508
3509     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3510         """
3511         Bind an event to an event handler.
3512
3513         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3514                       type of event to bind,
3515
3516         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3517                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3518                       disconnect an event handler.
3519
3520         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3521                       different window than self, but you still
3522                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3523                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3524                       passing the source of the event, the event
3525                       handling system is able to differentiate
3526                       between the same event type from different
3527                       controls.
3528
3529         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3530                    of instance.
3531
3532         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3533                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3534         """
3535         if source is not None:
3536             id  = source.GetId()
3537         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3538
3539     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3540         """
3541         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3542         Returns True if successful.
3543         """
3544         if source is not None:
3545             id  = source.GetId()
3546         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3547
3548     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3549     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3550     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3551 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3552
3553 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3554
3555 class PyEventBinder(object):
3556     """
3557     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3558     handlers.
3559     """
3560     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3561         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3562             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3563         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3564
3565         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3566             self.evtType = evtType
3567         else:
3568             self.evtType = [evtType]
3569
3570
3571     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3572         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3573         for et in self.evtType:
3574             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3575
3576
3577     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3578         """Remove an event binding."""
3579         success = 0
3580         for et in self.evtType:
3581             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3582         return success != 0
3583
3584
3585     def __call__(self, *args):
3586         """
3587         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3588         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3589         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3590         type of the event.
3591         """
3592         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3593         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3594         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3595         target = args[0]
3596         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3597             func = args[1]
3598         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3599             id1 = args[1]
3600             func = args[2]
3601         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3602             id1 = args[1]
3603             id2 = args[2]
3604             func = args[3]
3605         else:
3606             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3607
3608         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3609
3610
3611 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3612 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3613     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3614 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3615     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3616
3617
3618 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3619
3620 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3621
3622 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3623 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3624
3625 def NewEventType(*args):
3626   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3627   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3628 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3629 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3630 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3631 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3632 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3633 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3634 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3635 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3636 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3637 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3638 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3639 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3640 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3641 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3642 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3643 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3644 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3645 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3646 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3647 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3648 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3649 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3650 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3651 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3652 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3653 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3654 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3655 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3656 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3657 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3658 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3659 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3660 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3661 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3662 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3663 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3664 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3665 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3666 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3667 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3668 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3669 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3670 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3671 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3672 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3673 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3674 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3675 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3676 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3677 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3678 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3679 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3680 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3681 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3682 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3683 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3684 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3685 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3686 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3687 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3688 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3689 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3690 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3691 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3692 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3693 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3694 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3695 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3696 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3697 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3698 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3699 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3700 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3701 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3702 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3703 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3704 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3705 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3706 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3707 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3708 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3709 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3710 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3711 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3712 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3713 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3714 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3715 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3716 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3717 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3718 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3719 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3720 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3721 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3722 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3723 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3724 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3725 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3726 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3727 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3728 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3729 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3730 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3731 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3732 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3733 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3734 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3735 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3736 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3737 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3738 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3739 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3740 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3741 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3742 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3743 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3744 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3745 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3746 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3747 #
3748 # Create some event binders
3749 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3750 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3751 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3752 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3753 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3754 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3755 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3756 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3757 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3758 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3759 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3760 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3761 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3762 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3763 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3764 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3765 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3766 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3767 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3768 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3769 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3770 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3771 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3772 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3773 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3774 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3775 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3776 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3777 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3778 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3779 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3780 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3781 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3782 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3783 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3784 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3785 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3786 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3787 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3788 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3789 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3790 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3791
3792 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3793 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3794 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3795 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3796 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3797 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3798 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3799 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3800 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3801 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3802 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3803 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3804 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3805
3806 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3807                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3808                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3809                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3810                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3811                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3812                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3813                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3814                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3815                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3816                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3817                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3818                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3819                                      ])
3820
3821
3822 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3823 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3824                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3825                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3826                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3827                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3828                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3829                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3830                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3831                                   ])
3832
3833 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3834 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3835 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3836 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3837 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3838 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3839 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3840 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3841
3842 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3843 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3844                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3845                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3846                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3847                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3848                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3849                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3850                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3851                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3852                                ])
3853
3854 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3855 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3856 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3857 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3858 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3859 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3860 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3861 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3862 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3863 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3864
3865 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3866 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3867                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3868                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3869                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3870                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3871                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3872                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3873                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3874                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3875                                        ], 1)
3876
3877 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3878 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3879 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3880 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3881 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3882 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3883 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3884 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3885 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3886 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3887
3888 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3889 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3890 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3891 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3892 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3893 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3894 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3895 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3896 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3897 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3898
3899 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3900 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3901 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3902 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3903 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3904 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3905 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3906 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3907 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3908
3909
3910 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3911 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3912 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3913 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3914 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3915 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3916 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3917
3918 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3919
3920 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3921 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3922
3923 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3924
3925 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3926 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3927 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3928
3929
3930 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3931
3932 class Event(Object):
3933     """
3934     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3935     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3936     other event classes
3937     """
3938     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3939     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3940     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3941     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3942     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3943     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3944         """
3945         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3946
3947         Sets the specific type of the event.
3948         """
3949         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3950
3951     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3952         """
3953         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3954
3955         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3956         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3957         """
3958         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3959
3960     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3961         """
3962         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3963
3964         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3965         any.
3966         """
3967         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3968
3969     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3970         """
3971         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3972
3973         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3974         object that is sending the event.
3975         """
3976         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3977
3978     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3979         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3980         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3981
3982     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3983         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3984         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3985
3986     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3987         """
3988         GetId(self) -> int
3989
3990         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3991         command id.
3992         """
3993         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3994
3995     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3996         """
3997         SetId(self, int Id)
3998
3999         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
4000         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4001         item, etc.
4002         """
4003         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
4004
4005     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
4006         """
4007         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4008
4009         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4010         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4011         """
4012         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
4013
4014     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
4015         """
4016         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4017
4018         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
4019         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
4020         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
4021         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
4022         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
4023         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
4024         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
4025
4026         """
4027         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
4028
4029     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
4030         """
4031         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4032
4033         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4034         :see: `Skip`
4035         """
4036         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
4037
4038     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
4039         """
4040         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4041
4042         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4043         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4044         """
4045         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
4046
4047     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4048         """
4049         StopPropagation(self) -> int
4050
4051         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
4052         propagation level value which may be later passed to
4053         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4054         """
4055         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4056
4057     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4058         """
4059         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4060
4061         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
4062         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4063         `StopPropagation`.)
4064
4065         """
4066         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4067
4068     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4069         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4070         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4071
4072     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
4073     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
4074     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
4075     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
4076     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
4077 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
4078
4079 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4080
4081 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4082     """
4083     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4084     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4085     propogation of the event will be restored.
4086     """
4087     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4088     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4089     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4090         """
4091         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4092
4093         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4094         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4095         propogation of the event will be restored.
4096         """
4097         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4098     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4099     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4100 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4101
4102 class PropagateOnce(object):
4103     """
4104     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4105     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4106     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4107     """
4108     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4109     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4110     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4111         """
4112         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4113
4114         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4115         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4116         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4117         """
4118         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4119     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4120     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4121 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4122
4123 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4124
4125 class CommandEvent(Event):
4126     """
4127     This event class contains information about command events, which
4128     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4129     toolbars.
4130     """
4131     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4132     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4133     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4134         """
4135         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4136
4137         This event class contains information about command events, which
4138         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4139         toolbars.
4140         """
4141         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4142     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4143         """
4144         GetSelection(self) -> int
4145
4146         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4147         for a deselection).
4148         """
4149         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4150
4151     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4152         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4153         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4154
4155     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4156         """
4157         GetString(self) -> String
4158
4159         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4160         for a deselection).
4161         """
4162         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4163
4164     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4165         """
4166         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4167
4168         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4169         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4170         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4171         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4172         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4173         """
4174         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4175
4176     Checked = IsChecked
4177     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4178         """
4179         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4180
4181         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4182         false if it is a deselection.
4183         """
4184         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4185
4186     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4187         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4188         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4189
4190     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4191         """
4192         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4193
4194         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4195         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4196         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4197         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4198         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4199         listbox must be examined by the application.
4200         """
4201         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4202
4203     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4204         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4205         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4206
4207     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4208         """
4209         GetInt(self) -> int
4210
4211         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4212         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4213         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4214         """
4215         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4216
4217     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4218         """
4219         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4220
4221         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4222         """
4223         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4224
4225     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4226         """
4227         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4228
4229         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4230         """
4231         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4232
4233     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4234     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4235
4236     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4237         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4238         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4239
4240     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4241     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4242     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4243     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4244     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4245     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4246 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4247
4248 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4249
4250 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4251     """
4252     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4253     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4254     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4255     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4256     """
4257     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4258     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4259     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4260         """
4261         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4262
4263         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4264         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4265         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4266         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4267         """
4268         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4269     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4270         """
4271         Veto(self)
4272
4273         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4274
4275         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4276         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4277         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4278         """
4279         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4280
4281     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4282         """
4283         Allow(self)
4284
4285         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4286         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4287         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4288         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4289         """
4290         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4291
4292     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4293         """
4294         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4295
4296         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4297         false otherwise (if it was).
4298         """
4299         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4300
4301 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4302
4303 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4304
4305 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4306     """
4307     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4308     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4309     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4310     instead.
4311     """
4312     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4313     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4314     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4315         """
4316         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4317             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4318         """
4319         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4320     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4321         """
4322         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4323
4324         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4325         the scrollbar.
4326         """
4327         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4328
4329     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4330         """
4331         GetPosition(self) -> int
4332
4333         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4334         """
4335         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4336
4337     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4338         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4339         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4340
4341     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4342         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4343         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4344
4345     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4346     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4347 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4348
4349 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4350
4351 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4352     """
4353     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4354     scrolling windows.
4355     """
4356     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4357     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4358     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4359         """
4360         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4361
4362         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4363         scrolling windows.
4364         """
4365         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4366     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4367         """
4368         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4369
4370         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4371         the scrollbar.
4372         """
4373         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4374
4375     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4376         """
4377         GetPosition(self) -> int
4378
4379         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4380         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4381         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4382         """
4383         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4384
4385     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4386         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4387         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4388
4389     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4390         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4391         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4392
4393     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4394     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4395 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4396
4397 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4398
4399 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4400 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4401 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4402 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4403 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4404 class MouseEvent(Event):
4405     """
4406     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4407     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4408     mouse move events.
4409
4410     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4411     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4412     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4413     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4414     events from it.
4415
4416     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4417     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4418     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4419     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4420     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4421     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4422     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4423     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4424     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4425     """
4426     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4427     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4428     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4429         """
4430         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4431
4432         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4433
4434             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4435             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4436             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4437             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4438             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4439             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4440             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4441             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4442             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4443             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4444             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4445             * wxEVT_MOTION
4446             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4447         """
4448         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4449     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4450         """
4451         IsButton(self) -> bool
4452
4453         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4454         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4455         """
4456         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4457
4458     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4459         """
4460         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4461
4462         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4463         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4464         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4465         values).
4466         """
4467         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4468
4469     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4470         """
4471         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4472
4473         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4474         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4475         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4476         values).
4477         """
4478         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4479
4480     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4481         """
4482         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4483
4484         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4485         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4486         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4487         """
4488         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4489
4490     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4491         """
4492         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4493
4494         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4495         values of button are:
4496
4497              ====================      =====================================
4498              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4499              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4500              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4501              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4502              ====================      =====================================
4503
4504         """
4505         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4506
4507     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4508         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4509         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4510
4511     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4512         """
4513         GetButton(self) -> int
4514
4515         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4516         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4517         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4518         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4519         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4520         right buttons respectively.
4521         """
4522         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4523
4524     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4525         """
4526         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4527
4528         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4529         """
4530         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4531
4532     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4533         """
4534         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4535
4536         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4537         """
4538         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4539
4540     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4541         """
4542         AltDown(self) -> bool
4543
4544         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4545         """
4546         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4547
4548     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4549         """
4550         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4551
4552         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4553         """
4554         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4555
4556     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4557         """
4558         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4559
4560         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4561         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4562         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4563         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4564         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4565         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4566         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4567         """
4568         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4569
4570     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4571         """
4572         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4573
4574         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4575         """
4576         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4577
4578     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4579         """
4580         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4581
4582         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4583         """
4584         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4585
4586     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4587         """
4588         RightDown(self) -> bool
4589
4590         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4591         """
4592         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4593
4594     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4595         """
4596         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4597
4598         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4599         """
4600         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4601
4602     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4603         """
4604         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4605
4606         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4607         """
4608         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4609
4610     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4611         """
4612         RightUp(self) -> bool
4613
4614         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4615         """
4616         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4617
4618     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4619         """
4620         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4621
4622         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4623         """
4624         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4625
4626     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4627         """
4628         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4629
4630         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4631         """
4632         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4633
4634     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4635         """
4636         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4637
4638         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4639         """
4640         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4641
4642     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4643         """
4644         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4645
4646         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4647         of the current event type.
4648
4649         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4650         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4651         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4652
4653         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4654         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4655         dragging the mouse.
4656         """
4657         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4658
4659     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4660         """
4661         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4662
4663         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4664         of the current event type.
4665         """
4666         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4667
4668     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4669         """
4670         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4671
4672         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4673         of the current event type.
4674         """
4675         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4676
4677     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4678         """
4679         Dragging(self) -> bool
4680
4681         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4682         depressed).
4683         """
4684         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4685
4686     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4687         """
4688         Moving(self) -> bool
4689
4690         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4691         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4692         false and Dragging returns true.
4693         """
4694         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4695
4696     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4697         """
4698         Entering(self) -> bool
4699
4700         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4701         """
4702         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4703
4704     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4705         """
4706         Leaving(self) -> bool
4707
4708         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4709         """
4710         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4711
4712     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4713         """
4714         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4715
4716         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4717         event happened.
4718         """
4719         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4720
4721     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4722         """
4723         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4724
4725         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4726         event happened.
4727         """
4728         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4729
4730     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4731         """
4732         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4733
4734         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4735         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4736         that the window has been scrolled).
4737         """
4738         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4739
4740     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4741         """
4742         GetX(self) -> int
4743
4744         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4745         """
4746         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4747
4748     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4749         """
4750         GetY(self) -> int
4751
4752         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4753         """
4754         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4755
4756     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4757         """
4758         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4759
4760         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4761         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4762         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4763         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4764         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4765         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4766         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4767         """
4768         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4769
4770     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4771         """
4772         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4773
4774         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4775         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4776         should occur for each delta.
4777         """
4778         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4779
4780     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4781         """
4782         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4783
4784         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4785         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4786         """
4787         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4788
4789     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4790         """
4791         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4792
4793         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4794         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4795         """
4796         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4797
4798     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4799     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4800     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4801     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4802     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4803     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4804     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4805     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4806     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4807     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4808     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4809     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4810     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
4811     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
4812     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
4813     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
4814     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
4815     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
4816     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4817     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4818 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4819
4820 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4821
4822 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4823     """
4824     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4825     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4826     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4827     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4828     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4829     """
4830     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4831     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4832     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4833         """
4834         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4835
4836         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4837         """
4838         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4839     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4840         """
4841         GetX(self) -> int
4842
4843         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4844         """
4845         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4846
4847     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4848         """
4849         GetY(self) -> int
4850
4851         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4852         """
4853         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4854
4855     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4856         """
4857         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4858
4859         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4860         """
4861         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4862
4863     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4864         """
4865         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4866
4867         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4868         """
4869         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4870
4871     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4872         """
4873         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4874
4875         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4876         """
4877         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4878
4879     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
4880     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4881     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4882 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4883
4884 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4885
4886 class KeyEvent(Event):
4887     """
4888     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4889     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4890     the keyboard focus.
4891
4892     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4893     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4894     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4895     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4896     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4897     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4898     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4899     corresponding to each down one.
4900
4901     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4902     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4903     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4904     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4905     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4906     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4907     example.
4908
4909     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4910     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4911     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4912     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4913     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4914     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4915     well.
4916
4917     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4918     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4919     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4920     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4921     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4922     by the system itself.
4923
4924     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4925     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4926     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4927     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4928
4929     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4930     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4931     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4932     focus.
4933
4934     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4935     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4936     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4937     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4938
4939     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4940     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4941     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4942     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4943
4944     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4945     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4946     work under Windows.
4947
4948     """
4949     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4950     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4951     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4952         """
4953         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4954
4955         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4956             *
4957         """
4958         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4959     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4960         """
4961         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4962
4963         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4964         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4965         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4966         example::
4967
4968             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4969                 DoSomething()
4970
4971         """
4972         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4973
4974     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4975         """
4976         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4977
4978         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4979         """
4980         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4981
4982     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4983         """
4984         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4985
4986         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4987         """
4988         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4989
4990     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4991         """
4992         AltDown(self) -> bool
4993
4994         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4995         """
4996         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4997
4998     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4999         """
5000         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5001
5002         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5003         """
5004         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
5005
5006     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
5007         """
5008         CmdDown(self) -> bool
5009
5010         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5011         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5012         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5013         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5014         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5015         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5016         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5017         """
5018         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
5019
5020     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5021         """
5022         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5023
5024         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5025         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5026         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5027         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5028         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5029         normally).
5030         """
5031         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5032
5033     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5034         """
5035         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5036
5037         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5038         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5039         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5040         codes.
5041
5042         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5043         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5044         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5045         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5046         """
5047         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5048
5049     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5050         """
5051         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5052
5053         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
5054         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5055         """
5056         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5057
5058     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
5059     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5060         """
5061         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
5062
5063         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
5064         build of wxPython.
5065         """
5066         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5067
5068     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5069         """
5070         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5071
5072         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5073         scan code which should only be used in advanced
5074         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5075         ports.
5076         """
5077         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5078
5079     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5080         """
5081         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5082
5083         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5084         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5085         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5086         """
5087         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5088
5089     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5090         """
5091         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5092
5093         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5094         """
5095         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5096
5097     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5098         """
5099         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5100
5101         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5102         """
5103         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5104
5105     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5106         """
5107         GetX(self) -> int
5108
5109         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5110         applicable.
5111         """
5112         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5113
5114     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5115         """
5116         GetY(self) -> int
5117
5118         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5119         applicable.
5120         """
5121         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5122
5123     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5124     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5125     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5126     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5127     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5128     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5129     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5130     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5131     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5132     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5133     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5134     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5135     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5136     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5137     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5138     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5139     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5140     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5141 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5142
5143 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5144
5145 class SizeEvent(Event):
5146     """
5147     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5148     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5149     been resized.
5150
5151     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5152     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5153     application.
5154
5155     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5156     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5157     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5158     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5159     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5160     invalidate the entire window.
5161
5162     """
5163     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5164     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5165     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5166         """
5167         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5168
5169         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5170         """
5171         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5172     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5173         """
5174         GetSize(self) -> Size
5175
5176         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5177         event.
5178         """
5179         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5180
5181     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5182         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5183         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5184
5185     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5186         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5187         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5188
5189     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5190         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5191         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5192
5193     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5194     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5195     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5196     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5197 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5198
5199 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5200
5201 class MoveEvent(Event):
5202     """
5203     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5204     moved to a new position.
5205     """
5206     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5207     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5208     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5209         """
5210         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5211
5212         Constructor.
5213         """
5214         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5215     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5216         """
5217         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5218
5219         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5220         """
5221         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5222
5223     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5224         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5225         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5226
5227     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5228         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5229         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5230
5231     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5232         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5233         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5234
5235     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5236     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5237
5238     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5239     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5240 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5241
5242 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5243
5244 class PaintEvent(Event):
5245     """
5246     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5247     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5248     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5249     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5250     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5251
5252     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5253     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5254     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5255     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5256     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5257     scrolled units.
5258
5259     """
5260     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5261     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5262     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5263         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5264         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5265 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5266
5267 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5268     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5269     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5270     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5271     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5272         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5273         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5274 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5275
5276 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5277
5278 class EraseEvent(Event):
5279     """
5280     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5281     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5282     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5283     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5284
5285     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5286     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5287     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5288
5289     """
5290     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5291     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5292     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5293         """
5294         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5295
5296         Constructor
5297         """
5298         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5299     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5300         """
5301         GetDC(self) -> DC
5302
5303         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5304         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5305         that instead.
5306         """
5307         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5308
5309     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5310 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5311
5312 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5313
5314 class FocusEvent(Event):
5315     """
5316     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5317     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5318     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5319
5320     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5321     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5322     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5323
5324     """
5325     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5326     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5327     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5328         """
5329         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5330
5331         Constructor
5332         """
5333         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5334     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5335         """
5336         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5337
5338         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5339         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5340         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5341
5342         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5343         """
5344         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5345
5346     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5347         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5348         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5349
5350     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5351 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5352
5353 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5354
5355 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5356     """
5357     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5358     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5359     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5360
5361     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5362     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5363     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5364     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5365     """
5366     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5367     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5368     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5369         """
5370         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5371
5372         Constructor
5373         """
5374         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5375     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5376         """
5377         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5378
5379         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5380         focus.
5381         """
5382         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5383
5384     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5385 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5386
5387 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5388
5389 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5390     """
5391     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5392     application is being activated or deactivated.
5393
5394     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5395     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5396     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5397     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5398     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5399     application frames being inactive.
5400
5401     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5402     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5403     doing so can result in strange effects.
5404
5405     """
5406     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5407     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5408     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5409         """
5410         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5411
5412         Constructor
5413         """
5414         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5415     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5416         """
5417         GetActive(self) -> bool
5418
5419         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5420         otherwise.
5421         """
5422         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5423
5424     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5425 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5426
5427 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5428
5429 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5430     """
5431     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5432     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5433     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5434     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5435     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5436     """
5437     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5438     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5439     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5440         """
5441         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5442
5443         Constructor
5444         """
5445         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5446 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5447
5448 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5449
5450 class MenuEvent(Event):
5451     """
5452     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5453     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5454     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5455
5456     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5457     text in the first field of the status bar.
5458     """
5459     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5460     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5461     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5462         """
5463         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5464
5465         Constructor
5466         """
5467         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5468     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5469         """
5470         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5471
5472         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5473         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5474         """
5475         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5476
5477     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5478         """
5479         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5480
5481         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5482         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5483         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5484         """
5485         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5486
5487     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5488         """
5489         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5490
5491         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5492         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5493         """
5494         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5495
5496     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5497     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5498 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5499
5500 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5501
5502 class CloseEvent(Event):
5503     """
5504     This event class contains information about window and session close
5505     events.
5506
5507     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5508     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5509     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5510     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5511     function.
5512
5513     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5514     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5515     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5516     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5517     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5518     files or to cancel the close.
5519
5520     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5521     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5522     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5523     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5524     """
5525     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5526     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5527     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5528         """
5529         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5530
5531         Constructor.
5532         """
5533         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5534     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5535         """
5536         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5537
5538         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5539         """
5540         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5541
5542     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5543         """
5544         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5545
5546         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5547         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5548         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5549         window event.
5550         """
5551         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5552
5553     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5554         """
5555         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5556
5557         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5558         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5559
5560         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5561         """
5562         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5563
5564     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5565         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5566         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5567
5568     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5569         """
5570         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5571
5572         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5573         """
5574         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5575
5576     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5577         """
5578         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5579
5580         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5581         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5582         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5583         must be called to check this.
5584         """
5585         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5586
5587     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5588 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5589
5590 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5591
5592 class ShowEvent(Event):
5593     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5594     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5595     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5596     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5597         """
5598         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5599
5600         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5601         """
5602         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5603     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5604         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5605         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5606
5607     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5608         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5609         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5610
5611     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5612 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5613
5614 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5615
5616 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5617     """
5618     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5619     restored.
5620     """
5621     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5622     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5623     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5624         """
5625         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5626
5627         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5628         restored.
5629         """
5630         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5631     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5632         """
5633         Iconized(self) -> bool
5634
5635         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5636         been restored.
5637         """
5638         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5639
5640 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5641
5642 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5643
5644 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5645     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5646     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5647     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5648     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5649         """
5650         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5651
5652         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5653         """
5654         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5655 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5656
5657 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5658
5659 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5660     """
5661     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5662     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5663     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5664     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5665
5666     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5667     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5668     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5669     dropping files.
5670
5671     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5672     events.
5673
5674     """
5675     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5676     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5677     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5678     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5679         """
5680         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5681
5682         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5683         """
5684         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5685
5686     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5687         """
5688         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5689
5690         Returns the number of files dropped.
5691         """
5692         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5693
5694     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5695         """
5696         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5697
5698         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5699         """
5700         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5701
5702     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
5703     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
5704     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5705 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5706
5707 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5708
5709 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5710 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5711 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5712     """
5713     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5714     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5715     interface elements.
5716
5717     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5718     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5719     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5720     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5721     menu item or button.
5722
5723     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5724     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5725     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5726     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5727     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5728     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5729     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5730
5731     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5732     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5733     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5734     update.
5735
5736     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5737     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5738     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5739
5740     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5741     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5742
5743        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5744           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5745           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5746           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5747           events.
5748
5749        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5750           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5751           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5752           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5753           delay before windows are updated.
5754
5755     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5756     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5757     from an internal idle handler.
5758
5759     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5760     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5761     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5762
5763     """
5764     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5765     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5766     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5767         """
5768         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5769
5770         Constructor
5771         """
5772         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5773     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5774         """
5775         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5776
5777         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5778         """
5779         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5780
5781     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5782         """
5783         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5784
5785         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5786         """
5787         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5788
5789     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5790         """
5791         GetShown(self) -> bool
5792
5793         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5794         """
5795         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5796
5797     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5798         """
5799         GetText(self) -> String
5800
5801         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5802         """
5803         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5804
5805     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5806         """
5807         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5808
5809         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5810         wxWidgets internal use only.
5811         """
5812         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5813
5814     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5815         """
5816         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5817
5818         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5819         internal use only.
5820         """
5821         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5822
5823     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5824         """
5825         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5826
5827         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5828         internal use only.
5829         """
5830         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5831
5832     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5833         """
5834         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5835
5836         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5837         internal use only.
5838         """
5839         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5840
5841     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5842         """
5843         Check(self, bool check)
5844
5845         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5846         """
5847         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5848
5849     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5850         """
5851         Enable(self, bool enable)
5852
5853         Enable or disable the UI element.
5854         """
5855         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5856
5857     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5858         """
5859         Show(self, bool show)
5860
5861         Show or hide the UI element.
5862         """
5863         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5864
5865     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5866         """
5867         SetText(self, String text)
5868
5869         Sets the text for this UI element.
5870         """
5871         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5872
5873     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5874         """
5875         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5876
5877         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5878         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5879         default is 0.
5880
5881         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5882         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5883         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5884         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5885         about to be shown.
5886         """
5887         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5888
5889     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5890     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5891         """
5892         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5893
5894         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5895         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5896         """
5897         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5898
5899     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5900     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5901         """
5902         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5903
5904         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5905         to) this window.
5906
5907         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5908         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5909         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5910         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5911         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5912         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5913         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5914         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5915         interval.
5916
5917         """
5918         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5919
5920     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5921     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5922         """
5923         ResetUpdateTime()
5924
5925         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5926         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5927         is called at the end of idle processing.
5928         """
5929         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5930
5931     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5932     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5933         """
5934         SetMode(int mode)
5935
5936         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5937         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5938
5939         The mode may be one of the following values:
5940
5941             =============================   ==========================================
5942             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5943                                             is the default setting.
5944             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5945                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5946                                             style set.
5947             =============================   ==========================================
5948
5949         """
5950         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5951
5952     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5953     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5954         """
5955         GetMode() -> int
5956
5957         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5958         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5959         events.
5960         """
5961         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5962
5963     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5964     Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`")
5965     Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`")
5966     Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`")
5967     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
5968 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5969
5970 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5971   """
5972     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5973
5974     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5975     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5976     default is 0.
5977
5978     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5979     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5980     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5981     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5982     about to be shown.
5983     """
5984   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5985
5986 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5987   """
5988     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5989
5990     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5991     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5992     """
5993   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5994
5995 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5996   """
5997     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5998
5999     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6000     to) this window.
6001
6002     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6003     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6004     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6005     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6006     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6007     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6008     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6009     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6010     interval.
6011
6012     """
6013   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6014
6015 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
6016   """
6017     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6018
6019     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6020     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6021     is called at the end of idle processing.
6022     """
6023   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
6024
6025 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6026   """
6027     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6028
6029     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6030     to those which specify that they will process the events.
6031
6032     The mode may be one of the following values:
6033
6034         =============================   ==========================================
6035         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6036                                         is the default setting.
6037         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6038                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6039                                         style set.
6040         =============================   ==========================================
6041
6042     """
6043   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6044
6045 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
6046   """
6047     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6048
6049     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6050     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6051     events.
6052     """
6053   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
6054
6055 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6056
6057 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
6058     """
6059     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6060     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6061     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6062
6063     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6064     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6065     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6066     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6067     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6068
6069     """
6070     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6071     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6072     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6073         """
6074         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6075
6076         Constructor
6077         """
6078         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6079 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
6080
6081 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6082
6083 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
6084     """
6085     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6086     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6087     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6088     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6089     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6090
6091     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6092     """
6093     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6094     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6095     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6096         """
6097         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6098
6099         Constructor
6100         """
6101         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6102     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6103         """
6104         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6105
6106         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6107         non-wxWidgets window.
6108         """
6109         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6110
6111     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6112 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6113
6114 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6115
6116 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6117     """
6118     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6119     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6120     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6121     the mouse.
6122
6123     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6124     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6125     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6126     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6127     ReleaseMouse.
6128
6129     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6130
6131     """
6132     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6133     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6134     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6135         """
6136         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6137
6138         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6139         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6140         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6141         the mouse.
6142
6143         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6144         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6145         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6146         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6147         ReleaseMouse.
6148
6149         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6150
6151         """
6152         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6153 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6154
6155 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6156
6157 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6158     """
6159     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6160     resolution has changed.
6161
6162     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6163     """
6164     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6165     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6166     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6167         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6168         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6169 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6170
6171 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6172
6173 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6174     """
6175     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6176     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6177     match.
6178
6179     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6180     """
6181     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6182     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6183     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6184         """
6185         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6186
6187         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6188         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6189         match.
6190
6191         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6192         """
6193         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6194     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6195         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6196         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6197
6198     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6199         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6200         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6201
6202     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6203 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6204
6205 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6206
6207 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6208     """
6209     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6210     focus and should re-do its palette.
6211
6212     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6213     """
6214     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6215     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6216     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6217         """
6218         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6219
6220         Constructor.
6221         """
6222         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6223     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6224         """
6225         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6226
6227         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6228         """
6229         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6230
6231     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6232         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6233         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6234
6235     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6236 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6237
6238 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6239
6240 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6241     """
6242     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6243     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6244     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6245     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6246     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6247     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6248     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6249     """
6250     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6251     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6252     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6253         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6254         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6255     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6256         """
6257         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6258
6259         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6260         """
6261         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6262
6263     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6264         """
6265         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6266
6267         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6268         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6269         """
6270         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6271
6272     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6273         """
6274         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6275
6276         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6277         """
6278         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6279
6280     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6281         """
6282         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6283
6284         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6285         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6286         by using Control-Tab.
6287         """
6288         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6289
6290     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6291         """
6292         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6293
6294         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6295         key.
6296         """
6297         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6298
6299     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6300         """
6301         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6302
6303         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6304         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6305         """
6306         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6307
6308     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6309         """
6310         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6311
6312         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6313
6314             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6315             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6316             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6317             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6318
6319         """
6320         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6321
6322     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6323         """
6324         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6325
6326         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6327         ``None``.
6328         """
6329         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6330
6331     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6332         """
6333         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6334
6335         Set the window that has the focus.
6336         """
6337         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6338
6339     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6340     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6341     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6342     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6343     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6344     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6345 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6346
6347 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6348
6349 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6350     """
6351     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6352     underlying GUI object) exists.
6353     """
6354     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6355     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6356     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6357         """
6358         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6359
6360         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6361         underlying GUI object) exists.
6362         """
6363         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6364     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6365         """
6366         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6367
6368         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6369         """
6370         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6371
6372     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6373 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6374
6375 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6376     """
6377     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6378     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6379
6380     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6381     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6382     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6383     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6384     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6385     notification of the destruction of another window.
6386     """
6387     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6388     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6389     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6390         """
6391         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6392
6393         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6394         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6395
6396         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6397         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6398         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6399         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6400         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6401         notification of the destruction of another window.
6402         """
6403         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6404     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6405         """
6406         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6407
6408         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6409         """
6410         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6411
6412     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6413 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6414
6415 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6416
6417 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6418     """
6419     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6420     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6421     """
6422     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6423     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6424     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6425         """
6426         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6427
6428         Constructor.
6429         """
6430         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6431     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6432         """
6433         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6434
6435         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6436         be shown.
6437         """
6438         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6439
6440     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6441         """
6442         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6443
6444         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6445         """
6446         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6447
6448     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6449 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6450
6451 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6452
6453 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6454 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6455 class IdleEvent(Event):
6456     """
6457     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6458     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6459     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6460     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6461     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6462     events and then becomes empty again.
6463
6464     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6465     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6466     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6467     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6468     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6469     to those windows and not to any others.
6470     """
6471     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6472     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6473     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6474         """
6475         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6476
6477         Constructor
6478         """
6479         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6480     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6481         """
6482         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6483
6484         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6485         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6486         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6487         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6488         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6489         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6490         system.
6491         """
6492         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6493
6494     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6495         """
6496         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6497
6498         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6499         requested more processing time.
6500         """
6501         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6502
6503     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6504         """
6505         SetMode(int mode)
6506
6507         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6508         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6509         events.
6510
6511         The mode can be one of the following values:
6512
6513             =========================   ========================================
6514             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6515             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6516                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6517                                         flag set.
6518             =========================   ========================================
6519
6520         """
6521         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6522
6523     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6524     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6525         """
6526         GetMode() -> int
6527
6528         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6529         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6530         will process the events.
6531         """
6532         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6533
6534     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6535     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6536         """
6537         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6538
6539         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6540         window.
6541
6542         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6543         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6544         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6545         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6546         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6547         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6548         """
6549         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6550
6551     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6552 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6553
6554 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6555   """
6556     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6557
6558     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6559     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6560     events.
6561
6562     The mode can be one of the following values:
6563
6564         =========================   ========================================
6565         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6566         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6567                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6568                                     flag set.
6569         =========================   ========================================
6570
6571     """
6572   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6573
6574 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6575   """
6576     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6577
6578     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6579     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6580     will process the events.
6581     """
6582   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6583
6584 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6585   """
6586     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6587
6588     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6589     window.
6590
6591     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6592     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6593     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6594     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6595     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6596     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6597     """
6598   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6599
6600 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6601
6602 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6603     """
6604     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6605     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6606     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6607     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6608     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6609     """
6610     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6611     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6612     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6613         """
6614         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6615
6616         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6617         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6618         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6619         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6620         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6621         """
6622         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6623 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6624
6625 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6626
6627 class PyEvent(Event):
6628     """
6629     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6630     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6631     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6632     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6633     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6634
6635     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6636
6637     """
6638     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6639     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6640     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6641         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6642         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6643         self._SetSelf(self)
6644
6645     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6646     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6647     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6648         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6649         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6650
6651     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6652         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6653         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6654
6655 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6656
6657 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6658     """
6659     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6660     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6661     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6662     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6663     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6664     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6665
6666     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6667
6668     """
6669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6670     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6671     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6672         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6673         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6674         self._SetSelf(self)
6675
6676     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6677     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6678     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6679         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6680         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6681
6682     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6683         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6684         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6685
6686 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6687
6688 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6689     """
6690     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6691     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6692     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6693     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6694     """
6695     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6696     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6697     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6698         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6699         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6700     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6701         """
6702         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6703
6704         Returns the date.
6705         """
6706         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6707
6708     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6709         """
6710         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6711
6712         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6713         internally.
6714         """
6715         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6716
6717     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
6718 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6719
6720 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6721 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6722
6723 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6724
6725 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6726 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6727 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6728 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6729 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6730 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6731 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6732     """
6733     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6734     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6735     """
6736     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6737     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6738     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6739         """
6740         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6741
6742         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6743         """
6744         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6745         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6746         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6747
6748     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6749     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6750     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6751         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6752         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6753
6754     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6755         """
6756         GetAppName(self) -> String
6757
6758         Get the application name.
6759         """
6760         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6761
6762     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6763         """
6764         SetAppName(self, String name)
6765
6766         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6767         `wx.Config` and such.
6768         """
6769         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6770
6771     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6772         """
6773         GetClassName(self) -> String
6774
6775         Get the application's class name.
6776         """
6777         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6778
6779     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6780         """
6781         SetClassName(self, String name)
6782
6783         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6784         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6785         """
6786         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6787
6788     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6789         """
6790         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6791
6792         Get the application's vendor name.
6793         """
6794         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6795
6796     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6797         """
6798         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6799
6800         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6801         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6802         """
6803         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6804
6805     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6806         """
6807         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6808
6809         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6810         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6811         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6812         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6813         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6814         differences behind the common facade.
6815
6816         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6817         """
6818         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6819
6820     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6821         """
6822         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6823
6824         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6825         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6826         during each event loop iteration.
6827         """
6828         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6829
6830     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6831         """
6832         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6833
6834         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6835         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6836         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6837
6838         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6839               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6840               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6841               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6842
6843         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6844
6845         """
6846         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6847
6848     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6849         """
6850         WakeUpIdle(self)
6851
6852         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6853         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6854         """
6855         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6856
6857     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6858         """
6859         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6860
6861         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6862         currently be dispatched.
6863         """
6864         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6865
6866     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6867     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6868         """
6869         MainLoop(self) -> int
6870
6871         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6872         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6873         """
6874         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6875
6876     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6877         """
6878         Exit(self)
6879
6880         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6881         :see: `wx.Exit`
6882         """
6883         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6884
6885     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6886         """
6887         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
6888
6889         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
6890         """
6891         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6892
6893     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6894         """
6895         ExitMainLoop(self)
6896
6897         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6898         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6899         """
6900         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6901
6902     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6903         """
6904         Pending(self) -> bool
6905
6906         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6907         """
6908         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6909
6910     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6911         """
6912         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6913
6914         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6915         appears if there are none currently)
6916         """
6917         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6918
6919     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6920         """
6921         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6922
6923         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6924         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6925         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6926         """
6927         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6928
6929     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6930         """
6931         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6932
6933         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6934         idle time is requested.
6935         """
6936         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6937
6938     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6939         """
6940         IsActive(self) -> bool
6941
6942         Return True if our app has focus.
6943         """
6944         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6945
6946     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6947         """
6948         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6949
6950         Set the *main* top level window
6951         """
6952         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6953
6954     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6955         """
6956         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6957
6958         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6959         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6960         there not any, will return None)
6961         """
6962         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6963
6964     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6965         """
6966         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6967
6968         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6969         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6970         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6971         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6972         explicitly from somewhere.
6973         """
6974         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6975
6976     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6977         """
6978         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6979
6980         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6981         """
6982         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6983
6984     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6985         """
6986         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6987
6988         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6989         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6990         """
6991         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6992
6993     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6994         """
6995         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6996
6997         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6998         """
6999         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7000
7001     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7002         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7003         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7004
7005     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7006         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7007         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7008
7009     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7010         """
7011         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7012
7013         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7014         """
7015         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7016
7017     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7018         """
7019         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7020
7021         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7022         """
7023         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7024
7025     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7026         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7027         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7028
7029     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7030     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7031         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7032         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7033
7034     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7035     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7036         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7037         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7038
7039     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7040     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7041         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7042         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7043
7044     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
7045     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7046         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7047         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7048
7049     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7050     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7051         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7052         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7053
7054     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7055     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7056         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7057         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7058
7059     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7060     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7061         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7062         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7063
7064     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7065     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7066         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7067         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7068
7069     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
7070     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7071         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7072         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7073
7074     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7075     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
7076         """
7077         _BootstrapApp(self)
7078
7079         For internal use only
7080         """
7081         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
7082
7083     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
7084         """
7085         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7086
7087         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7088         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7089         """
7090         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7091
7092     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7093     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7094         """
7095         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7096
7097         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7098         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7099
7100            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7101              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7102              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7103
7104            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7105              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7106              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7107              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7108
7109            * On MS Windows...
7110
7111         """
7112         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7113
7114     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7115     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7116     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7117     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7118     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7119     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7120     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7121     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7122     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7123     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7124     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7125     Active = property(IsActive)
7126 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7127
7128 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7129   """
7130     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7131
7132     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7133     currently be dispatched.
7134     """
7135   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7136
7137 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7138   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7139   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7140
7141 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7142   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7143   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7144
7145 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7146   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7147   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7148
7149 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7150   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7151   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7152
7153 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7154   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7155   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7156
7157 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7158   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7159   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7160
7161 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7162   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7163   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7164
7165 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7166   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7167   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7168
7169 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7170   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7171   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7172
7173 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7174   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7175   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7176
7177 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7178   """
7179     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7180
7181     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7182     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7183     """
7184   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7185
7186 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7187   """
7188     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7189
7190     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7191     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7192
7193        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7194          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7195          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7196
7197        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7198          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7199          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7200          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7201
7202        * On MS Windows...
7203
7204     """
7205   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7206
7207 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7208
7209
7210 def Exit(*args):
7211   """
7212     Exit()
7213
7214     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7215     """
7216   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7217
7218 def Yield(*args):
7219   """
7220     Yield() -> bool
7221
7222     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7223     """
7224   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7225
7226 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7227   """
7228     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7229
7230     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7231     """
7232   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7233
7234 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7235   """
7236     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7237
7238     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7239     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7240     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7241     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7242     interaction.
7243
7244     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7245     """
7246   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7247
7248 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7249   """
7250     WakeUpIdle()
7251
7252     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7253     sent.
7254     """
7255   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7256
7257 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7258   """
7259     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7260
7261     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7262     later.
7263     """
7264   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7265
7266 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7267   """
7268     App_CleanUp()
7269
7270     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7271     Python shuts down.
7272     """
7273   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7274
7275 def GetApp(*args):
7276   """
7277     GetApp() -> PyApp
7278
7279     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7280     """
7281   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7282
7283 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7284   """
7285     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7286
7287     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7288     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7289
7290     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7291     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7292     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7293     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7294     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7295     """
7296   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7297
7298 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7299   """
7300     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7301
7302     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7303     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7304     """
7305   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7306 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7307
7308 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7309     """
7310     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7311     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7312     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7313     and write the text there.
7314     """
7315     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7316         self.frame  = None
7317         self.title  = title
7318         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7319         self.size   = (450, 300)
7320         self.parent = None
7321
7322     def SetParent(self, parent):
7323         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7324         self.parent = parent
7325
7326
7327     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7328         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7329                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7330         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7331                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7332         self.text.AppendText(st)
7333         self.frame.Show(True)
7334         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7335
7336
7337     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7338         if self.frame is not None:
7339             self.frame.Destroy()
7340         self.frame = None
7341         self.text  = None
7342
7343
7344     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7345     def write(self, text):
7346         """
7347         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7348         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7349         CallAfter to do the work there.
7350         """
7351         if self.frame is None:
7352             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7353                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7354             else:
7355                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7356         else:
7357             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7358                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7359             else:
7360                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7361
7362
7363     def close(self):
7364         if self.frame is not None:
7365             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7366
7367
7368     def flush(self):
7369         pass
7370
7371
7372
7373 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7374
7375 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7376
7377 class App(wx.PyApp):
7378     """
7379     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7380
7381       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7382         gui toolkit
7383       * set and get application-wide properties
7384       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7385         and to dispatch events to window instances
7386       * etc.
7387
7388     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7389     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7390     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7391     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7392
7393     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7394     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7395     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7396
7397     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7398            directly.
7399     """
7400
7401     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7402
7403     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7404                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7405         """
7406         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7407
7408         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7409             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7410             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7411             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7412             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7413             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7414             class of your choosing.)
7415
7416         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7417             redirect is True.
7418
7419         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7420             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7421             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7422             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7423             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7424             toolkit is initialized.
7425
7426         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7427             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7428             GUI apps will.
7429
7430         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7431             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7432             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7433         """
7434
7435         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7436
7437         # make sure we can create a GUI
7438         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7439
7440             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7441                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7442 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7443 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7444
7445             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7446                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7447
7448             else:
7449                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7450                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7451
7452             raise SystemExit(msg)
7453
7454         # This has to be done before OnInit
7455         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7456
7457         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7458         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7459         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7460         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7461         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7462         # expected (depending on platform.)
7463         if clearSigInt:
7464             try:
7465                 import signal
7466                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7467             except:
7468                 pass
7469
7470         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7471         self.stdioWin = None
7472         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7473         if redirect:
7474             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7475
7476         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7477         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7478
7479         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7480         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7481         self._BootstrapApp()
7482
7483
7484     def OnPreInit(self):
7485         """
7486         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7487         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7488         that OnInit is called.
7489         """
7490         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7491
7492
7493     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7494         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7495         destroy(self)
7496
7497     def Destroy(self):
7498         self.this.own(False)
7499         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7500
7501     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7502         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7503         if self.stdioWin:
7504             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7505         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7506
7507
7508     def MainLoop(self):
7509         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7510         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7511         self.RestoreStdio()
7512
7513
7514     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7515         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7516         if filename:
7517             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7518         else:
7519             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7520             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7521
7522
7523     def RestoreStdio(self):
7524         try:
7525             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7526         except:
7527             pass
7528
7529
7530     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7531         """
7532         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7533         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7534         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7535         """
7536         if self.stdioWin:
7537             if title is not None:
7538                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7539             if pos is not None:
7540                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7541             if size is not None:
7542                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7548 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7549 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7550 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7551 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7552 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7553 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7554 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7555 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7556 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7557 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7558 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7559
7560 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7561
7562 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7563     """
7564     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7565     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7566     about OnInit.  For example::
7567
7568         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7569         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7570         frame.Show()
7571         app.MainLoop()
7572
7573     :see: `wx.App`
7574     """
7575
7576     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7577                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7578         """
7579         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7580         """
7581         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7582
7583     def OnInit(self):
7584         return True
7585
7586
7587
7588 # Is anybody using this one?
7589 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7590     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7591         self.size = size
7592         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7593
7594     def OnInit(self):
7595         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7596         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7597         return True
7598
7599     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7600         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7601         self.frame.Show(True)
7602
7603 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7604 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7605 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7606 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7607 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7608
7609 class __wxPyCleanup:
7610     def __init__(self):
7611         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7612     def __del__(self):
7613         self.cleanup()
7614
7615 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7616
7617 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7618 ## import atexit
7619 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7620
7621
7622 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7623
7624 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7625
7626 class EventLoop(object):
7627     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7628     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7629     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7630     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7631         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7632         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7633     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7634     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7635     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7636         """Run(self) -> int"""
7637         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7638
7639     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7640         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7641         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7642
7643     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7644         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7645         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7646
7647     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7648         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7649         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7650
7651     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7652         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7653         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7654
7655     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7656         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7657         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7658
7659     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7660     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7661         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7662         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7663
7664     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7665 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7666
7667 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7668   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7669   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7670
7671 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7672   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7673   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7674
7675 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7676     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7677     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7678     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7679     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7680         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7681         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7682     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7683     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7684 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7685
7686 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7687
7688 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7689 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7690 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7691 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7692 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7693 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7694     """
7695     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7696     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7697     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7698     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7699
7700     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7701     """
7702     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7704     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7705         """
7706         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7707
7708         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7709         """
7710         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7711     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7712     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7713     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7714         """
7715         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7716
7717         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7718         :see `__init__`
7719         """
7720         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7721
7722     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7723         """
7724         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7725
7726         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7727         it coulnd't be parsed.
7728         """
7729         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7730
7731     Create = staticmethod(Create)
7732     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7733         """
7734         GetFlags(self) -> int
7735
7736         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7737         """
7738         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7739
7740     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7741         """
7742         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7743
7744         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7745         """
7746         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7747
7748     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7749         """
7750         GetCommand(self) -> int
7751
7752         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7753         """
7754         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7755
7756     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
7757         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
7758         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
7759
7760     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
7761         """
7762         ToString(self) -> String
7763
7764         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
7765         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
7766         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
7767
7768         """
7769         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
7770
7771     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
7772         """
7773         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
7774
7775         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
7776         """
7777         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
7778
7779     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
7780     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
7781     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
7782 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7783
7784 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
7785   """
7786     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7787
7788     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7789     it coulnd't be parsed.
7790     """
7791   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7792
7793 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7794     """
7795     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7796     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7797     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7798     supported.
7799     """
7800     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7801     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7802     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7803         """
7804         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7805
7806         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7807         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7808
7809         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7810         """
7811         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7812     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7813     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7814     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
7815         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
7816         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
7817
7818     Ok = IsOk
7819 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7820
7821
7822 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7823   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7824   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7825 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7826
7827 class VisualAttributes(object):
7828     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7829     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7830     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7831     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7832         """
7833         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7834
7835         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7836         """
7837         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7838     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7839     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7840     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7841     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7842     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7843 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7844 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7845 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7846
7847 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7848 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7849 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7850 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7851 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7852 class Window(EvtHandler):
7853     """
7854     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7855     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7856     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7857     appear on screen themselves.
7858
7859     """
7860     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7861     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7862     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7863         """
7864         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7865             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7866
7867         Construct and show a generic Window.
7868         """
7869         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7870         self._setOORInfo(self)
7871
7872     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7873         """
7874         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7875             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7876
7877         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7878         """
7879         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7880
7881     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7882         """
7883         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7884
7885         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7886         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7887         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7888         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7889         """
7890         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7891
7892     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7893         """
7894         Destroy(self) -> bool
7895
7896         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7897         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7898         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7899         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7900         non-existent windows.
7901
7902         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7903         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7904         """
7905         args[0].this.own(False)
7906         return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7907
7908     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7909         """
7910         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7911
7912         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7913         destructor.
7914         """
7915         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7916
7917     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7918         """
7919         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7920
7921         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7922         """
7923         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7924
7925     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7926         """
7927         SetLabel(self, String label)
7928
7929         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7930         """
7931         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7932
7933     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7934         """
7935         GetLabel(self) -> String
7936
7937         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7938         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7939         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7940         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7941         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7942         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7943         """
7944         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7945
7946     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7947         """
7948         SetName(self, String name)
7949
7950         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7951         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7952         """
7953         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7954
7955     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7956         """
7957         GetName(self) -> String
7958
7959         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7960         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7961         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7962         """
7963         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7964
7965     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7966         """
7967         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7968
7969         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7970         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7971         """
7972         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7973
7974     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7975         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7976         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7977
7978     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7979         """
7980         SetId(self, int winid)
7981
7982         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7983         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7984         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7985         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7986         """
7987         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7988
7989     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7990         """
7991         GetId(self) -> int
7992
7993         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7994         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7995         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7996         generated.
7997         """
7998         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7999
8000     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8001         """
8002         NewControlId() -> int
8003
8004         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8005         """
8006         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8007
8008     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
8009     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8010         """
8011         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8012
8013         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8014         autogenerated) id
8015         """
8016         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8017
8018     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
8019     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8020         """
8021         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8022
8023         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8024         autogenerated) id
8025         """
8026         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8027
8028     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
8029     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8030         """
8031         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
8032
8033         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
8034         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
8035         """
8036         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8037
8038     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8039         """
8040         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
8041
8042         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
8043         """
8044         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8045
8046     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8047         """
8048         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
8049
8050         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
8051         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
8052         """
8053         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8054
8055     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8056         """
8057         SetSize(self, Size size)
8058
8059         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8060         """
8061         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8062
8063     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
8064         """
8065         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8066
8067         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
8068         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8069         equal to -1.
8070
8071             ========================  ======================================
8072             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8073                                       default should be used.
8074             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
8075                                       -1 values are supplied.
8076             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8077                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
8078                                       default values.
8079             ========================  ======================================
8080
8081         """
8082         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
8083
8084     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8085         """
8086         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8087
8088         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8089         """
8090         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8091
8092     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8093         """
8094         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8095
8096         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8097         """
8098         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8099
8100     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8101         """
8102         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8103
8104         Moves the window to the given position.
8105         """
8106         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8107
8108     SetPosition = Move
8109     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8110         """
8111         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8112
8113         Moves the window to the given position.
8114         """
8115         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8116
8117     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8118         """
8119         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8120
8121         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8122         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8123         """
8124         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8125
8126     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8127         """
8128         Raise(self)
8129
8130         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8131         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8132         """
8133         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8134
8135     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8136         """
8137         Lower(self)
8138
8139         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8140         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8141         """
8142         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8143
8144     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8145         """
8146         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8147
8148         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8149         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8150         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8151         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8152         around panel items, for example.
8153         """
8154         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8155
8156     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8157         """
8158         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8159
8160         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8161         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8162         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8163         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8164         around panel items, for example.
8165         """
8166         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8167
8168     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8169         """
8170         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8171
8172         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8173         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8174         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8175         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8176         around panel items, for example.
8177         """
8178         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8179
8180     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8181         """
8182         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8183
8184         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8185         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8186         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8187         kinds of windows.
8188         """
8189         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8190
8191     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8192         """
8193         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8194
8195         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8196         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8197         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8198         kinds of windows.
8199         """
8200         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8201
8202     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8203         """
8204         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8205
8206         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8207         """
8208         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8209
8210     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8211         """
8212         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8213
8214         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8215         """
8216         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8217
8218     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8219         """
8220         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8221
8222         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8223         a `wx.Rect` object.
8224         """
8225         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8226
8227     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8228         """
8229         GetSize(self) -> Size
8230
8231         Get the window size.
8232         """
8233         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8234
8235     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8236         """
8237         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8238
8239         Get the window size.
8240         """
8241         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8242
8243     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8244         """
8245         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8246
8247         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8248         """
8249         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8250
8251     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8252         """
8253         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8254
8255         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8256         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8257         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8258         """
8259         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8260
8261     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8262         """
8263         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8264
8265         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8266         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8267         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8268         """
8269         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8270
8271     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8272         """
8273         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8274
8275         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8276         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8277         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8278         """
8279         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8280
8281     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8282         """
8283         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8284
8285         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8286         """
8287         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8288
8289     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8290         """
8291         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8292
8293         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8294         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8295         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8296         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8297         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8298         after calling Fit.
8299         """
8300         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8301
8302     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8303         """
8304         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8305
8306         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8307         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8308         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8309         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8310         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8311         after calling Fit.
8312         """
8313         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8314
8315     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8316         """
8317         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8318
8319         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8320         time it is needed.
8321         """
8322         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8323
8324     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8325         """
8326         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8327
8328         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8329         some properties of the window change.)
8330         """
8331         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8332
8333     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8334         """
8335         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8336
8337         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8338         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8339         the results.
8340
8341         """
8342         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8343
8344     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8345         """
8346         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8347
8348         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8349         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8350         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8351         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8352         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8353         tolerate.
8354         """
8355         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8356
8357     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8358         """
8359         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8360
8361         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8362         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8363         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8364         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8365         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8366         relative to the screen.
8367         """
8368         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8369
8370     Centre = Center
8371     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8372         """
8373         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8374
8375         Center with respect to the the parent window
8376         """
8377         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8378
8379     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8380     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8381         """
8382         Fit(self)
8383
8384         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8385         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8386         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8387         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8388         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8389         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8390         instead of calling Fit.
8391         """
8392         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8393
8394     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8395         """
8396         FitInside(self)
8397
8398         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8399         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8400         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8401         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8402         anything if there are no subwindows.
8403         """
8404         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8405
8406     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8407         """
8408         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8409             int incH=-1)
8410
8411         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8412         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8413         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8414         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8415         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8416         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8417
8418         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8419         """
8420         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8421
8422     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8423         """
8424         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8425
8426         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8427         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8428         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8429         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8430         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8431         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8432
8433         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8434         """
8435         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8436
8437     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8438         """
8439         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8440
8441         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8442         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8443         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8444         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8445         """
8446         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8447
8448     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8449         """
8450         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8451
8452         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8453         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8454         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8455         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8456         """
8457         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8458
8459     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8460         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8461         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8462
8463     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8464         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8465         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8466
8467     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8468         """
8469         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8470
8471         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8472         min size.
8473         """
8474         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8475
8476     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8477         """
8478         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8479
8480         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8481         max size.
8482         """
8483         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8484
8485     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8486         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8487         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8488
8489     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8490         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8491         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8492
8493     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8494         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8495         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8496
8497     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8498         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8499         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8500
8501     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8502         """
8503         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8504
8505         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8506         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8507         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8508         """
8509         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8510
8511     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8512         """
8513         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8514
8515         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8516         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8517         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8518         """
8519         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8520
8521     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8522         """
8523         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8524
8525         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8526         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8527         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8528         """
8529         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8530
8531     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8532         """
8533         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8534
8535         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8536         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8537         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8538         """
8539         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8540
8541     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8542         """
8543         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8544
8545         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8546         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8547         """
8548         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8549
8550     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8551         """
8552         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8553
8554         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8555         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8556         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8557         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8558         because it already was in the requested state.
8559         """
8560         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8561
8562     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8563         """
8564         Hide(self) -> bool
8565
8566         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8567         """
8568         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8569
8570     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8571         """
8572         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8573
8574         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8575         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8576         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8577         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8578         window had already been in the specified state.
8579         """
8580         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8581
8582     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8583         """
8584         Disable(self) -> bool
8585
8586         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8587         """
8588         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8589
8590     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8591         """
8592         IsShown(self) -> bool
8593
8594         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8595         """
8596         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8597
8598     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8599         """
8600         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8601
8602         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8603         """
8604         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8605
8606     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
8607         """
8608         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
8609
8610         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
8611         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
8612         shown as well.
8613         """
8614         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
8615
8616     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8617         """
8618         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8619
8620         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8621         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8622         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8623         immediately.
8624         """
8625         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8626
8627     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8628         """
8629         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8630
8631         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8632         method.
8633         """
8634         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8635
8636     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8637     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8638         """
8639         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8640
8641         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8642         """
8643         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8644
8645     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8646         """
8647         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8648
8649         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8650         windows are only available on X platforms.
8651         """
8652         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8653
8654     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8655         """
8656         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8657
8658         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8659         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8660         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8661         """
8662         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8663
8664     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8665         """
8666         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8667
8668         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8669         """
8670         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8671
8672     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8673         """
8674         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8675
8676         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8677         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8678         effect.
8679         """
8680         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8681
8682     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8683         """
8684         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8685
8686         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8687          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8688          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8689          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8690          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8691          user's selected theme.
8692
8693         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8694         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8695         """
8696         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8697
8698     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8699         """
8700         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8701
8702         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8703         """
8704         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8705
8706     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8707         """
8708         SetFocus(self)
8709
8710         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8711         """
8712         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8713
8714     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8715         """
8716         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8717
8718         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8719         only called internally.
8720         """
8721         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8722
8723     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8724         """
8725         FindFocus() -> Window
8726
8727         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8728         or None.
8729         """
8730         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8731
8732     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8733     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8734         """
8735         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8736
8737         Can this window have focus?
8738         """
8739         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8740
8741     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8742         """
8743         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8744
8745         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8746         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8747         it.
8748         """
8749         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8750
8751     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8752         """
8753         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8754
8755         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8756         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8757         """
8758         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8759
8760     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8761         """
8762         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8763
8764         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8765         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8766         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8767
8768         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8769         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8770         windows.
8771
8772         """
8773         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8774
8775     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8776         """
8777         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8778
8779         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8780         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8781         """
8782         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8783
8784     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8785         """
8786         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8787
8788         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8789         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8790         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8791         do not change.
8792         """
8793         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8794
8795     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8796         """
8797         GetParent(self) -> Window
8798
8799         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8800         """
8801         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8802
8803     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8804         """
8805         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8806
8807         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8808         isn't one.
8809         """
8810         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8811
8812     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8813         """
8814         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8815
8816         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8817         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8818         if they have a parent window).
8819         """
8820         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8821
8822     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8823         """
8824         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8825
8826         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8827         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8828         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8829         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8830         oldParent)
8831         """
8832         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8833
8834     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8835         """
8836         AddChild(self, Window child)
8837
8838         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8839         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8840         """
8841         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8842
8843     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8844         """
8845         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8846
8847         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8848         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8849         programmer.
8850         """
8851         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8852
8853     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8854         """
8855         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8856
8857         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8858         """
8859         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8860
8861     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8862         """
8863         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8864
8865         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8866         """
8867         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8868
8869     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8870         """
8871         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8872
8873         Find a child of this window by name
8874         """
8875         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8876
8877     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8878         """
8879         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8880
8881         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8882         its own event handler.
8883         """
8884         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8885
8886     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8887         """
8888         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8889
8890         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8891         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other
8892         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By
8893         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
8894         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
8895         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
8896         classes.
8897
8898         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8899         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8900         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
8901         """
8902         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8903
8904     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8905         """
8906         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8907
8908         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8909         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8910         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to
8911         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler,
8912         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
8913         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
8914         different window classes.
8915
8916         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8917         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8918         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
8919         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given
8920         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
8921         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
8922         its Destroy method yourself.
8923         """
8924         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8925
8926     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8927         """
8928         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8929
8930         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8931         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8932         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
8933         """
8934         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8935
8936     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8937         """
8938         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8939
8940         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8941         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
8942         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8943         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8944         there.)
8945         """
8946         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8947
8948     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8949         """
8950         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8951
8952         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8953         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8954         type.
8955         """
8956         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8957
8958     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8959         """
8960         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8961
8962         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8963         there is none.
8964         """
8965         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8966
8967     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8968         """
8969         Validate(self) -> bool
8970
8971         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8972         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8973         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8974         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8975         """
8976         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8977
8978     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8979         """
8980         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8981
8982         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8983         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8984         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8985         all child windows.
8986         """
8987         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8988
8989     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8990         """
8991         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8992
8993         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8994         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8995         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8996         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8997         """
8998         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8999
9000     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9001         """
9002         InitDialog(self)
9003
9004         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9005         to the dialog via validators.
9006         """
9007         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9008
9009     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9010         """
9011         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9012
9013         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9014         """
9015         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9016
9017     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9018         """
9019         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9020
9021         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9022         """
9023         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9024
9025     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9026         """
9027         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9028
9029         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9030         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9031         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9032         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9033         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9034         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
9035         hotkey was registered successfully.
9036         """
9037         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9038
9039     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9040         """
9041         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9042
9043         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9044         """
9045         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9046
9047     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9048         """
9049         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9050
9051         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9052         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9053         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9054         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9055         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9056         then divided by 8.
9057         """
9058         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9059
9060     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9061         """
9062         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9063
9064         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9065         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9066         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9067         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9068         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9069         then divided by 8.
9070         """
9071         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9072
9073     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
9074         """
9075         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9076
9077         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9078         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9079         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9080         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9081         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9082         then divided by 8.
9083         """
9084         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
9085
9086     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
9087         """
9088         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9089
9090         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9091         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9092         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9093         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9094         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9095         then divided by 8.
9096         """
9097         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9098
9099     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9100         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9101         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9102
9103     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9104         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9105         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9106
9107     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9108         """
9109         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9110
9111         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9112
9113         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9114         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9115         """
9116         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9117
9118     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9119         """
9120         CaptureMouse(self)
9121
9122         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9123         release the capture.
9124
9125         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9126         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9127         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9128         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9129         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9130         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9131
9132         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9133         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9134         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9135         recapture mouse.
9136         """
9137         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9138
9139     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9140         """
9141         ReleaseMouse(self)
9142
9143         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9144         """
9145         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9146
9147     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9148         """
9149         GetCapture() -> Window
9150
9151         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9152         """
9153         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9154
9155     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9156     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9157         """
9158         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9159
9160         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9161         """
9162         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9163
9164     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9165         """
9166         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9167
9168         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9169         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9170         to the window.
9171         """
9172         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9173
9174     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9175         """
9176         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9177
9178         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9179         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9180         """
9181         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9182
9183     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9184         """
9185         Update(self)
9186
9187         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9188         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9189         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9190         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9191         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use `Refresh`
9192         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9193         it) unconditionally.
9194         """
9195         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9196
9197     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9198         """
9199         ClearBackground(self)
9200
9201         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9202         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9203         """
9204         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9205
9206     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9207         """
9208         Freeze(self)
9209
9210         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9211         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9212         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9213         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9214         been undone.
9215
9216         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9217         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9218         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9219         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9220         mandatory directive.
9221         """
9222         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9223
9224     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9225         """
9226         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9227
9228         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9229
9230         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9231         """
9232         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9233
9234     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9235         """
9236         Thaw(self)
9237
9238         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9239         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9240         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9241         """
9242         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9243
9244     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9245         """
9246         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9247
9248         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9249         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9250         scroll position.
9251         """
9252         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9253
9254     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9255         """
9256         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool
9257
9258         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the
9259         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a
9260         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once
9261         later.
9262         """
9263         return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9264
9265     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9266         """
9267         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9268
9269         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9270         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9271         """
9272         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9273
9274     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9275         """
9276         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9277
9278         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9279         """
9280         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9281
9282     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9283         """
9284         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9285
9286         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9287         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9288         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9289         exposed.
9290         """
9291         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9292
9293     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9294         """
9295         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9296
9297         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9298         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9299         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9300         exposed.
9301         """
9302         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9303
9304     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9305         """
9306         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9307
9308         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9309         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9310         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9311         exposed.
9312         """
9313         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9314
9315     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9316         """
9317         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9318
9319         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9320         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9321         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9322         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9323         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9324         """
9325         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9326
9327     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9328         """
9329         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9330
9331         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9332         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9333         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9334         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9335         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9336
9337         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9338         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9339         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9340         this.
9341         """
9342         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9343
9344     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9345     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9346         """
9347         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9348
9349         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9350         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9351         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9352         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9353         to the default background colour.
9354
9355         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9356         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9357         calling this function.
9358
9359         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9360         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9361         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9362         applications on the system.
9363         """
9364         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9365
9366     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9367         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9368         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9369
9370     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9371         """
9372         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9373
9374         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9375         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9376         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9377         not be used at all.
9378         """
9379         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9380
9381     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9382         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9383         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9384
9385     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9386         """
9387         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9388
9389         Returns the background colour of the window.
9390         """
9391         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9392
9393     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9394         """
9395         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9396
9397         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9398         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9399         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9400         """
9401         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9402
9403     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9404         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9405         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9406
9407     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9408         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9409         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9410
9411     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9412         """
9413         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9414
9415         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9416         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9417
9418             ======================  ========================================
9419             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9420                                     be determined by the system
9421             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9422             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9423                                     application.
9424             ======================  ========================================
9425
9426         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9427         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9428         no effect on other platforms.
9429
9430         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9431         """
9432         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9433
9434     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9435         """
9436         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9437
9438         Returns the background style of the window.
9439
9440         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9441         """
9442         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9443
9444     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9445         """
9446         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9447
9448         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9449         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9450         background.
9451
9452         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9453         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9454         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9455         correctly.
9456         """
9457         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9458
9459     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9460         """
9461         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9462
9463         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9464         for the children of the window implicitly.
9465
9466         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9467         be reset back to default.
9468         """
9469         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9470
9471     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9472         """
9473         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9474
9475         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9476         """
9477         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9478
9479     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9480         """
9481         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9482
9483         Sets the font for this window.
9484         """
9485         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9486
9487     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9488         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9489         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9490
9491     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9492         """
9493         GetFont(self) -> Font
9494
9495         Returns the default font used for this window.
9496         """
9497         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9498
9499     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9500         """
9501         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9502
9503         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9504         """
9505         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9506
9507     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9508         """
9509         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9510
9511         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9512         """
9513         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9514
9515     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9516         """
9517         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9518
9519         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9520         """
9521         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9522
9523     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9524         """
9525         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9526
9527         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9528         """
9529         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9530
9531     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9532         """
9533         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9534
9535         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9536         """
9537         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9538
9539     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9540         """
9541         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9542            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9543
9544         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9545         current or specified font.
9546         """
9547         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9548
9549     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9550         """
9551         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9552
9553         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9554         """
9555         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9556
9557     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9558         """
9559         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9560
9561         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9562         """
9563         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9564
9565     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9566         """
9567         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9568
9569         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9570         """
9571         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9572
9573     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9574         """
9575         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9576
9577         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9578         """
9579         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9580
9581     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9582         """
9583         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9584
9585         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9586         """
9587         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9588
9589     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9590         """
9591         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9592
9593         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9594         """
9595         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9596
9597     def GetBorder(*args):
9598         """
9599         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9600         GetBorder(self) -> int
9601
9602         Get border for the flags of this window
9603         """
9604         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9605
9606     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9607         """
9608         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9609
9610         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9611         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9612         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9613         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9614         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9615         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9616         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9617         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9618         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9619         in idle time.
9620         """
9621         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9622
9623     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9624         """
9625         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9626
9627         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9628         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9629         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9630         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9631         mouse cursor will be used.
9632         """
9633         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9634
9635     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9636         """
9637         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9638
9639         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9640         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9641         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9642         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9643         mouse cursor will be used.
9644         """
9645         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9646
9647     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9648         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9649         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9650
9651     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9652         """
9653         GetHandle(self) -> long
9654
9655         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9656         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9657         toplevel parent of the window.
9658         """
9659         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9660
9661     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9662         """
9663         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9664
9665         Associate the window with a new native handle
9666         """
9667         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9668
9669     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9670         """
9671         DissociateHandle(self)
9672
9673         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9674         """
9675         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9676
9677     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
9678         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
9679         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
9680
9681     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9682         """
9683         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9684
9685         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9686         """
9687         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9688
9689     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9690         """
9691         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9692             bool refresh=True)
9693
9694         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9695         """
9696         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9697
9698     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9699         """
9700         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9701
9702         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9703         """
9704         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9705
9706     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9707         """
9708         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9709
9710         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9711         """
9712         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9713
9714     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9715         """
9716         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9717
9718         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9719         """
9720         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9721
9722     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9723         """
9724         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9725
9726         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9727         """
9728         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9729
9730     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9731         """
9732         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9733
9734         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9735         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9736         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9737         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9738         """
9739         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9740
9741     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9742         """
9743         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9744
9745         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9746         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9747         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9748         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9749         """
9750         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9751
9752     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9753         """
9754         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9755
9756         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9757         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9758         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9759         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9760         """
9761         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9762
9763     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9764         """
9765         LineUp(self) -> bool
9766
9767         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9768         """
9769         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9770
9771     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9772         """
9773         LineDown(self) -> bool
9774
9775         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9776         """
9777         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9778
9779     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9780         """
9781         PageUp(self) -> bool
9782
9783         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9784         """
9785         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9786
9787     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9788         """
9789         PageDown(self) -> bool
9790
9791         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9792         """
9793         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9794
9795     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9796         """
9797         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9798
9799         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9800         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9801         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9802         """
9803         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9804
9805     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9806         """
9807         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9808
9809         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9810         one.
9811         """
9812         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9813
9814     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9815         """
9816         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9817
9818         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9819
9820         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9821         and this method should return the global window help text then
9822
9823         """
9824         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9825
9826     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9827         """
9828         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9829
9830         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9831         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9832         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9833         """
9834         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9835
9836     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9837         """
9838         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9839
9840         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9841         """
9842         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9843
9844     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9845         """
9846         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9847
9848         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9849         """
9850         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9851
9852     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9853         """
9854         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9855
9856         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9857         """
9858         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9859
9860     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9861         """
9862         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9863
9864         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9865         a drop target, it is deleted.
9866         """
9867         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9868
9869     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9870         """
9871         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9872
9873         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9874         """
9875         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9876
9877     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9878         """
9879         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9880
9881         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9882         Only functional on Windows.
9883         """
9884         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9885
9886     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9887         """
9888         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9889
9890         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9891         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9892         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9893         constraints.
9894
9895         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9896         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9897         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9898         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9899         effect.
9900         """
9901         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9902
9903     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9904         """
9905         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9906
9907         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9908         are none.
9909         """
9910         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9911
9912     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9913         """
9914         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9915
9916         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9917         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9918         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9919         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9920
9921         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9922         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9923         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9924         """
9925         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9926
9927     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9928         """
9929         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9930
9931         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9932         """
9933         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9934
9935     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9936         """
9937         Layout(self) -> bool
9938
9939         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9940         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9941         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9942         handler when the window is resized.
9943         """
9944         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9945
9946     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9947         """
9948         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9949
9950         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9951         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9952         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9953         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9954         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9955         non-None, and False otherwise.
9956         """
9957         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9958
9959     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9960         """
9961         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9962
9963         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9964         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9965         """
9966         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9967
9968     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9969         """
9970         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9971
9972         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9973         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9974         """
9975         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9976
9977     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9978         """
9979         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9980
9981         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9982         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9983         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9984         """
9985         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9986
9987     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9988         """
9989         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9990
9991         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9992         """
9993         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9994
9995     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9996         """
9997         InheritAttributes(self)
9998
9999         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
10000         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
10001         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
10002         colours.
10003
10004         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10005         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10006         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10007         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10008         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10009         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10010         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10011         no matter what and only the font might.
10012
10013         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10014         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10015         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10016         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10017         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10018         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10019         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10020         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10021         parents attributes.
10022
10023         """
10024         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10025
10026     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
10027         """
10028         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10029
10030         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10031         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10032         from the parent window.
10033
10034         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10035         wxControl where it returns true.
10036         """
10037         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
10038
10039     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10040         """
10041         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
10042
10043         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
10044         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
10045         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
10046         possible to set the transparency.
10047
10048         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
10049         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
10050         as xcompmgr) running.
10051         """
10052         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10053
10054     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10055         """
10056         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
10057
10058         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
10059         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
10060         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
10061         opaque.
10062         """
10063         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10064
10065     def PostCreate(self, pre):
10066         """
10067         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10068         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10069         """
10070         self.this = pre.this
10071         self.thisown = pre.thisown
10072         pre.thisown = 0
10073         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
10074             self._setOORInfo(self)
10075         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10076             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
10077
10078     def SendSizeEvent(self):
10079         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10080
10081     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
10082     AdjustedBestSize = property(GetAdjustedBestSize,doc="See `GetAdjustedBestSize`")
10083     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
10084     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10085     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
10086     BestFittingSize = property(GetBestFittingSize,SetBestFittingSize,doc="See `GetBestFittingSize` and `SetBestFittingSize`")
10087     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
10088     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
10089     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
10090     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
10091     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
10092     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
10093     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
10094     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
10095     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
10096     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
10097     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
10098     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
10099     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
10100     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
10101     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
10102     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10103     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
10104     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10105     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10106     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10107     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10108     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10109     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10110     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10111     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10112     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10113     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10114     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10115     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10116     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10117     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10118     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10119     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10120     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10121     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10122     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10123     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10124     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10125     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10126     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10127     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10128     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10129     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10130     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10131     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10132     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10133     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10134     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10135     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10136     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10137     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10138 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10139
10140 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10141     """
10142     PreWindow() -> Window
10143
10144     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10145     """
10146     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10147     return val
10148
10149 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10150   """
10151     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10152
10153     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10154     """
10155   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10156
10157 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10158   """
10159     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10160
10161     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10162     autogenerated) id
10163     """
10164   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10165
10166 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10167   """
10168     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10169
10170     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10171     autogenerated) id
10172     """
10173   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10174
10175 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10176   """
10177     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10178
10179     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10180     or None.
10181     """
10182   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10183
10184 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10185   """
10186     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10187
10188     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10189     """
10190   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10191
10192 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10193   """
10194     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10195
10196     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10197     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10198     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10199     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10200     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10201
10202     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10203     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10204     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10205     this.
10206     """
10207   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10208
10209 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10210     """
10211     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10212     dialog units to pixel units.
10213     """
10214     if y is None:
10215         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10216     else:
10217         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10218
10219 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10220     """
10221     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10222     dialog units to pixel units.
10223     """
10224     if height is None:
10225         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10226     else:
10227         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10228
10229
10230 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10231   """
10232     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10233
10234     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10235     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10236     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10237     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10238     """
10239   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10240
10241 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10242   """
10243     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10244
10245     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10246     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10247     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10248     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10249     cases.
10250
10251     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10252     """
10253   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10254
10255 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10256   """
10257     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10258
10259     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10260     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10261     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10262     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10263     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10264     """
10265   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10266
10267 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10268   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10269   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10270
10271 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10272   """
10273     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10274
10275     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10276     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10277     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10278     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10279
10280     """
10281   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10282 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10283
10284 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10285     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10286     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10287     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10288     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10289         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10290         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10291         self._setOORInfo(self)
10292
10293     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10294         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10295         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10296
10297     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10298         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10299         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10300
10301     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10302         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10303         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10304
10305     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10306         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10307         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10308
10309     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10310         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10311         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10312
10313     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10314         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10315         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10316
10317     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10318         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10319         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10320
10321     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10322     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10323         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10324         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10325
10326     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10327     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
10328 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10329
10330 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10331   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10332   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10333
10334 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10335   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10336   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10337
10338 class PyValidator(Validator):
10339     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10340     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10341     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10342     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10343         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10344         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10345
10346         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
10347         self._setOORInfo(self)
10348
10349     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10350         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
10351         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10352
10353 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10354
10355 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10356
10357 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10358     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10359     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10360     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10361     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10362         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10363         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10364         self._setOORInfo(self)
10365
10366     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10367         """
10368         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10369             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10370         """
10371         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10372
10373     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10374         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10375         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10376
10377     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10378         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10379         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10380
10381     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10382         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10383         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10384
10385     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10386         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10387         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10388
10389     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10390         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10391         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10392
10393     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10394         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10395         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10396
10397     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10398         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10399         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10400
10401     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10402         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10403         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10404
10405     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10406         """Break(self)"""
10407         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10408
10409     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10410         """
10411         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10412             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10413         """
10414         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10415
10416     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10417         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10418         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10419
10420     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10421         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10422         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10423
10424     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10425         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10426         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10427
10428     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10429         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10430         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10431
10432     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10433         """
10434         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10435             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10436         """
10437         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10438
10439     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10440         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10441         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10442
10443     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10444         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10445         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10446
10447     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10448         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10449         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10450
10451     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10452         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10453         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10454
10455     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10456         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10457         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10458
10459     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
10460         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10461         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
10462
10463     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10464         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10465         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10466
10467     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10468         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10469         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10470
10471     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10472         """
10473         Destroy(self)
10474
10475         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10476         """
10477         args[0].this.own(False)
10478         return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10479
10480     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10481         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool"""
10482         return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10483
10484     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10485         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10486         return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10487
10488     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10489         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10490         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10491
10492     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10493         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10494         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10495
10496     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10497         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10498         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10499
10500     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10501         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10502         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10503
10504     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10505         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10506         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10507
10508     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10509         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10510         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10511
10512     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10513         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10514         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10515
10516     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10517         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10518         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10519
10520     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10521         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10522         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10523
10524     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10525         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10526         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10527
10528     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10529         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10530         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10531
10532     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10533         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10534         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10535
10536     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10537         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10538         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10539
10540     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10541         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10542         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10543
10544     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10545         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10546         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10547
10548     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10549         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10550         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10551
10552     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10553         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10554         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10555
10556     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10557         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10558         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10559
10560     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10561         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10562         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10563
10564     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10565         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10566         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10567
10568     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10569         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10570         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10571
10572     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10573         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10574         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10575
10576     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10577         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10578         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10579
10580     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10581         """Detach(self)"""
10582         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10583
10584     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10585         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10586         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10587
10588     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10589         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10590         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10591
10592     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10593         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10594         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10595
10596     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10597     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
10598     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
10599     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
10600     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
10601     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
10602     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
10603     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
10604     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
10605 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10606 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10607
10608 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10609
10610 class MenuBar(Window):
10611     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10612     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10613     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10614     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10615         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10616         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10617         self._setOORInfo(self)
10618
10619     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10620         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10621         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10622
10623     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10624         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10625         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10626
10627     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10628         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10629         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10630
10631     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10632         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10633         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10634
10635     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10636         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10637         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10638
10639     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10640         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10641         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10642
10643     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10644         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10645         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10646
10647     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10648         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10649         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10650
10651     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10652         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10653         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10654
10655     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10656         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10657         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10658
10659     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10660         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10661         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10662
10663     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10664         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10665         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10666
10667     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10668         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10669         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10670
10671     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10672         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10673         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10674
10675     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10676         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10677         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10678
10679     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10680         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10681         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10682
10683     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10684         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10685         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10686
10687     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10688         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10689         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10690
10691     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10692         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10693         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10694
10695     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10696         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10697         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10698
10699     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10700         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10701         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10702
10703     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10704         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10705         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10706
10707     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10708         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10709         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10710
10711     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10712         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10713         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10714
10715     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10716         """Detach(self)"""
10717         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10718
10719     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10720         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10721         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
10722
10723     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10724         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10725         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10726
10727     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10728     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10729         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10730         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10731
10732     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10733     def GetMenus(self):
10734         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
10735         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
10736                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
10737
10738     def SetMenus(self, items):
10739         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
10740         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
10741             self.Remove(i)
10742         for m, l in items:
10743             self.Append(m, l)
10744
10745     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
10746     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
10747     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
10748     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
10749 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10750
10751 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10752   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10753   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10754
10755 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10756   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10757   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10758
10759 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10760
10761 class MenuItem(Object):
10762     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10763     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10764     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10765     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10766         """
10767         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10768             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10769             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10770         """
10771         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10772     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10773     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10774     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10775         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10776         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10777
10778     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10779         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10780         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10781
10782     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10783         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10784         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10785
10786     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10787         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10788         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10789
10790     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10791         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10792         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10793
10794     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10795         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10796         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10797
10798     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10799         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10800         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10801
10802     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10803         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10804         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10805
10806     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10807         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10808         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10809
10810     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10811     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10812         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10813         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10814
10815     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10816         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10817         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10818
10819     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10820         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10821         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10822
10823     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10824         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10825         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10826
10827     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10828         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10829         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10830
10831     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10832         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10833         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10834
10835     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10836         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10837         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10838
10839     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10840         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10841         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10842
10843     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10844         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10845         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10846
10847     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10848         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10849         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10850
10851     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10852         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10853         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10854
10855     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10856         """Toggle(self)"""
10857         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10858
10859     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10860         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10861         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10862
10863     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10864         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10865         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10866
10867     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10868         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10869         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10870
10871     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10872         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10873         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10874
10875     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10876         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10877         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10878
10879     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10880         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10881         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10882
10883     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10884         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10885         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10886
10887     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10888         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10889         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10890
10891     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10892         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10893         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10894
10895     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10896         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10897         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10898
10899     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10900         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10901         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10902
10903     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10904         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10905         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10906
10907     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10908         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10909         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10910
10911     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10912         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10913         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10914
10915     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10916         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10917         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10918
10919     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10920         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10921         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10922
10923     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10924         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10925         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10926
10927     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10928         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10929         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10930
10931     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10932     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10933         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10934         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10935
10936     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10937         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10938         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10939
10940     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10941         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10942         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10943
10944     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
10945     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10946     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
10947     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
10948     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10949     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
10950     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10951     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
10952     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10953     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
10954     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
10955     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
10956     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
10957     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
10958 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10959
10960 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10961   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10962   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10963
10964 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10965   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10966   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10967
10968 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10969
10970 class Control(Window):
10971     """
10972     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10973
10974     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10975     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10976     """
10977     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10978     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10979     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10980         """
10981         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10982             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10983             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10984
10985         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10986         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10987         """
10988         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10989         self._setOORInfo(self)
10990
10991     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10992         """
10993         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10994             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10995             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10996
10997         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10998         """
10999         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
11000
11001     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
11002         """
11003         GetAlignment(self) -> int
11004
11005         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
11006         """
11007         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
11008
11009     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
11010         """
11011         GetLabelText(self) -> String
11012
11013         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
11014         """
11015         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
11016
11017     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
11018         """
11019         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11020
11021         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11022
11023         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11024
11025         """
11026         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
11027
11028     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11029         """
11030         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11031
11032         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11033         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11034         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11035         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11036         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11037
11038         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11039         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11040         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11041         this.
11042         """
11043         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11044
11045     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
11046     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
11047     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
11048 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
11049 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
11050
11051 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
11052     """
11053     PreControl() -> Control
11054
11055     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11056     """
11057     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
11058     return val
11059
11060 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11061   """
11062     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11063
11064     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11065     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11066     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11067     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11068     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11069
11070     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11071     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11072     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11073     this.
11074     """
11075   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11076
11077 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11078
11079 class ItemContainer(object):
11080     """
11081     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11082     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11083     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11084     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11085     this one.
11086
11087     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11088     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11089     all conform to the same interface.
11090
11091     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11092     optionally, client data associated with them.
11093
11094     """
11095     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11096     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11097     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11098     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11099         """
11100         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11101
11102         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11103         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11104         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11105         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11106         """
11107         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11108
11109     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11110         """
11111         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11112
11113         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11114         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11115         need to add a lot of items.
11116         """
11117         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11118
11119     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11120         """
11121         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11122
11123         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11124         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11125         """
11126         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11127
11128     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11129         """
11130         Clear(self)
11131
11132         Removes all items from the control.
11133         """
11134         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11135
11136     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11137         """
11138         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
11139
11140         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11141         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11142         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11143         than the number of items in the control.
11144         """
11145         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11146
11147     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11148         """
11149         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
11150
11151         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11152         """
11153         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11154
11155     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11156         """
11157         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
11158
11159         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11160         """
11161         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11162
11163     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11164         """
11165         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
11166
11167         Returns the number of items in the control.
11168         """
11169         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11170
11171     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11172         """
11173         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11174
11175         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11176         """
11177         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11178
11179     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11180         """
11181         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
11182
11183         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11184         """
11185         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11186
11187     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11188         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11189         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11190
11191     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11192         """
11193         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
11194
11195         Sets the label for the given item.
11196         """
11197         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11198
11199     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11200         """
11201         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11202
11203         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11204         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11205         found.
11206         """
11207         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11208
11209     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11210         """
11211         SetSelection(self, int n)
11212
11213         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11214         """
11215         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11216
11217     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11218         """
11219         GetSelection(self) -> int
11220
11221         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11222         is selected.
11223         """
11224         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11225
11226     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11227         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11228         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11229
11230     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11231         """
11232         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11233
11234         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11235         is selected.
11236         """
11237         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11238
11239     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11240         """
11241         Select(self, int n)
11242
11243         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11244         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11245         """
11246         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11247
11248     def GetItems(self):
11249         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11250         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11251
11252     def SetItems(self, items):
11253         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11254         self.Clear()
11255         for i in items:
11256             self.Append(i)
11257
11258     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11259     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11260     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11261     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11262     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11263 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11264
11265 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11266
11267 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11268     """
11269     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11270     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11271     that have items.
11272     """
11273     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11274     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11275     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11276 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11277
11278 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11279
11280 class SizerItem(Object):
11281     """
11282     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11283     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11284     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11285     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11286     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11287     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11288     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11289     layout.
11290
11291     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11292     """
11293     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11294     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11295     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11296         """
11297         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11298
11299         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11300         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11301
11302         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11303         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11304         methods are called.
11305
11306         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11307         """
11308         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11309     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11310     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11311     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11312         """
11313         DeleteWindows(self)
11314
11315         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11316         of item.
11317         """
11318         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11319
11320     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11321         """
11322         DetachSizer(self)
11323
11324         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11325         """
11326         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11327
11328     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11329         """
11330         GetSize(self) -> Size
11331
11332         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11333         """
11334         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11335
11336     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11337         """
11338         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11339
11340         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11341         needed by borders.
11342         """
11343         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11344
11345     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11346         """
11347         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11348
11349         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11350         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11351         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11352         account.
11353         """
11354         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11355
11356     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11357         """
11358         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11359
11360         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11361         """
11362         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11363
11364     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11365         """
11366         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11367
11368         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11369         added, if needed.
11370         """
11371         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11372
11373     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
11374         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11375         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
11376
11377     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
11378         """
11379         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11380
11381         Set the ratio item attribute.
11382         """
11383         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
11384
11385     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
11386         """
11387         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11388
11389         Set the ratio item attribute.
11390         """
11391         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
11392
11393     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11394         """
11395         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11396
11397         Set the ratio item attribute.
11398         """
11399         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11400
11401     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11402         """
11403         GetRatio(self) -> float
11404
11405         Set the ratio item attribute.
11406         """
11407         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11408
11409     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
11410         """
11411         GetRect(self) -> Rect
11412
11413         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11414         """
11415         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
11416
11417     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11418         """
11419         IsWindow(self) -> bool
11420
11421         Is this sizer item a window?
11422         """
11423         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11424
11425     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11426         """
11427         IsSizer(self) -> bool
11428
11429         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11430         """
11431         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11432
11433     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11434         """
11435         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11436
11437         Is this sizer item a spacer?
11438         """
11439         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11440
11441     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11442         """
11443         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11444
11445         Set the proportion value for this item.
11446         """
11447         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11448
11449     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11450         """
11451         GetProportion(self) -> int
11452
11453         Get the proportion value for this item.
11454         """
11455         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11456
11457     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11458     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11459     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11460         """
11461         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11462
11463         Set the flag value for this item.
11464         """
11465         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11466
11467     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11468         """
11469         GetFlag(self) -> int
11470
11471         Get the flag value for this item.
11472         """
11473         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11474
11475     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11476         """
11477         SetBorder(self, int border)
11478
11479         Set the border value for this item.
11480         """
11481         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11482
11483     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11484         """
11485         GetBorder(self) -> int
11486
11487         Get the border value for this item.
11488         """
11489         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11490
11491     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11492         """
11493         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11494
11495         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11496         """
11497         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11498
11499     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11500         """
11501         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11502
11503         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11504         """
11505         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11506
11507     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11508         """
11509         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11510
11511         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11512         """
11513         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11514
11515     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11516         """
11517         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11518
11519         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11520         """
11521         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11522
11523     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11524         """
11525         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11526
11527         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11528         """
11529         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11530
11531     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11532         """
11533         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11534
11535         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11536         """
11537         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11538
11539     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11540         """
11541         Show(self, bool show)
11542
11543         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11544         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11545         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11546         """
11547         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11548
11549     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11550         """
11551         IsShown(self) -> bool
11552
11553         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11554         """
11555         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11556
11557     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11558         """
11559         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11560
11561         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11562         """
11563         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11564
11565     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11566         """
11567         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11568
11569         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11570         isn't any.
11571         """
11572         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11573
11574     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11575         """
11576         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11577
11578         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11579         """
11580         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11581
11582     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
11583     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
11584     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
11585     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
11586     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
11587     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
11588     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
11589     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
11590     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
11591     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
11592     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,SetSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")
11593     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
11594     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
11595 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11596
11597 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11598     """
11599     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11600         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11601
11602     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11603     """
11604     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11605     return val
11606
11607 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11608     """
11609     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11610         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11611
11612     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11613     """
11614     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11615     return val
11616
11617 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11618     """
11619     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11620         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11621
11622     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11623     """
11624     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11625     return val
11626
11627 class Sizer(Object):
11628     """
11629     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11630     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11631     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11632     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11633     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11634
11635     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11636     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11637     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11638     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11639     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11640     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11641     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11642     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11643     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11644     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11645     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11646     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11647     compared to a real window on screen.
11648
11649     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11650     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11651     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11652     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11653     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11654     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11655     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11656     """
11657     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11658     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11659     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11660     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11661     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11662     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11663         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11664         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11665
11666     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11667         """
11668         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11669             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11670
11671         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11672         """
11673         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11674
11675     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11676         """
11677         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11678             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11679
11680         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11681         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11682         """
11683         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11684
11685     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11686         """
11687         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11688             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11689
11690         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11691         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11692         """
11693         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11694
11695     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11696         """
11697         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11698
11699         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11700         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11701         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11702         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11703         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11704         and removed.
11705         """
11706         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11707
11708     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11709         """
11710         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11711
11712         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11713         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11714         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11715         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11716         was found and detached.
11717         """
11718         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11719
11720     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11721         """
11722         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11723
11724         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11725         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11726         the item to be found.
11727         """
11728         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11729
11730     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11731         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11732         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11733
11734     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
11735         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11736         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
11737
11738     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11739         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11740         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11741
11742     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
11743         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
11744         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
11745
11746     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
11747         """
11748         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
11749         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
11750         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
11751         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
11752         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
11753         element recursivly in subsizers.
11754
11755         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
11756         call `Layout` to do so.
11757
11758         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
11759         """
11760         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
11761             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
11762         elif isinstnace(olditem, wx.Sizer):
11763             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
11764         elif isinstnace(olditem, int):
11765             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
11766         else:
11767             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
11768
11769     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11770         """
11771         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
11772
11773         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
11774         """
11775         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11776
11777     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11778         """
11779         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
11780
11781         Get the window this sizer is used in.
11782         """
11783         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11784
11785     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11786         """
11787         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11788
11789         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11790         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11791         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11792         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11793         """
11794         if len(args) == 2:
11795             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11796             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11797         else:
11798             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11799
11800     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11801         """
11802         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11803
11804         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11805         """
11806         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11807
11808     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11809         """
11810         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11811
11812         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11813         """
11814         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11815
11816     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11817         """
11818         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11819
11820         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11821         """
11822         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11823
11824     def AddMany(self, items):
11825         """
11826         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11827         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11828         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11829         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11830         """
11831         for item in items:
11832             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11833                 item = (item, )
11834             self.Add(*item)
11835
11836     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11837         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11838
11839         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
11840         """
11841         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11842             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11843         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
11844             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11845     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11846         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11847
11848         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
11849         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11850             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11851         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
11852             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11853     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
11854         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
11855
11856         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
11857         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11858             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11859         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
11860             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
11861
11862
11863     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11864         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11865
11866         Add a stretchable spacer."""
11867         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
11868     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11869         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11870
11871         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
11872         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
11873     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
11874         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11875
11876         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
11877         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
11878
11879
11880     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11881     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11882         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11883         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11884     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11885         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11886         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11887
11888     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11889         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11890         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11891     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11892         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11893         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11894
11895     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11896         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11897         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11898     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11899         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11900         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11901
11902     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11903         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11904         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11905     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11906         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11907         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11908     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11909         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11910         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11911
11912
11913     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11914         """
11915         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11916
11917         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11918         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11919         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11920         methods.
11921         """
11922         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11923
11924     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11925         """
11926         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11927
11928         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11929         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11930         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11931         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11932         here, depending on which is bigger.
11933         """
11934         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11935
11936     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11937         """
11938         GetSize(self) -> Size
11939
11940         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11941         """
11942         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11943
11944     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11945         """
11946         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11947
11948         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11949         """
11950         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11951
11952     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11953         """
11954         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11955
11956         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11957         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11958         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11959         """
11960         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11961
11962     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11963         return self.GetSize().Get()
11964     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11965         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11966     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11967         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11968
11969     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11970         """
11971         RecalcSizes(self)
11972
11973         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11974         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11975         it is called by `Layout`.
11976         """
11977         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11978
11979     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11980         """
11981         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11982
11983         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11984         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11985         it is called by `Layout`.
11986         """
11987         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11988
11989     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11990         """
11991         Layout(self)
11992
11993         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11994         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11995         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11996         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11997         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11998         removed.
11999         """
12000         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
12001
12002     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
12003         """
12004         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
12005
12006         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
12007         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
12008         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
12009         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
12010
12011         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
12012         """
12013         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
12014
12015     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
12016         """
12017         FitInside(self, Window window)
12018
12019         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
12020         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
12021         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
12022         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
12023
12024         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
12025
12026         """
12027         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
12028
12029     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12030         """
12031         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
12032
12033         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
12034         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12035         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12036         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12037         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12038         required by the sizer.
12039         """
12040         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12041
12042     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12043         """
12044         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12045
12046         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12047         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12048         this will set them appropriately.
12049
12050         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12051
12052         """
12053         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12054
12055     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
12056         """
12057         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12058
12059         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12060         as well.
12061         """
12062         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
12063
12064     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12065         """
12066         DeleteWindows(self)
12067
12068         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12069         """
12070         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12071
12072     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
12073         """
12074         GetChildren(self) -> list
12075
12076         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12077         """
12078         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
12079
12080     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12081         """
12082         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12083
12084         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
12085         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12086         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12087         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12088         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12089         """
12090         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12091
12092     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12093         """
12094         IsShown(self, item)
12095
12096         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12097         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12098         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12099         the item.
12100         """
12101         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12102
12103     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12104         """
12105         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12106         """
12107         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12108
12109     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12110         """
12111         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12112
12113         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12114         """
12115         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12116
12117     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12118     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12119     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12120     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12121     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12122 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12123
12124 class PySizer(Sizer):
12125     """
12126     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12127     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12128     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12129     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12130     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12131     For example::
12132
12133         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12134              def __init__(self):
12135                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12136
12137              def CalcMin(self):
12138                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12139                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12140                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12141                       # layout algorithm.
12142                       ...
12143                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12144
12145               def RecalcSizes(self):
12146                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12147                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12148                   size = self.GetSize()
12149                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12150                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12151                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12152                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12153                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12154                       ...
12155                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12156
12157
12158     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12159     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12160     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12161
12162     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12163
12164
12165     """
12166     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12167     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12168     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12169         """
12170         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12171
12172         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12173         class.
12174         """
12175         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12176         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
12177
12178     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12179         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12180         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12181
12182 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12183
12184 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12185
12186 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12187     """
12188     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12189     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12190     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12191     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12192     parameter passed to the constructor.
12193     """
12194     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12195     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12196     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12197         """
12198         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12199
12200         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12201         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12202         sizer.
12203         """
12204         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12205         self._setOORInfo(self)
12206
12207     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12208         """
12209         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12210
12211         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12212         """
12213         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12214
12215     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12216         """
12217         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12218
12219         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12220         """
12221         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12222
12223     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12224 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12225
12226 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12227
12228 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12229     """
12230     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12231     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12232     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12233     passed to the sizer constructor.
12234     """
12235     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12236     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12237     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12238         """
12239         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12240
12241         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12242         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12243         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12244         """
12245         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12246         self._setOORInfo(self)
12247
12248     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12249         """
12250         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12251
12252         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12253         """
12254         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12255
12256     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12257 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
12258
12259 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12260
12261 class GridSizer(Sizer):
12262     """
12263     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12264     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
12265     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12266     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12267     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12268     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12269
12270     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12271     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
12272     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12273     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
12274     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12275     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12276
12277     """
12278     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12279     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12280     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12281         """
12282         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12283
12284         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12285         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12286         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12287         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12288         define extra space between all children.
12289         """
12290         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12291         self._setOORInfo(self)
12292
12293     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12294         """
12295         SetCols(self, int cols)
12296
12297         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12298         """
12299         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12300
12301     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12302         """
12303         SetRows(self, int rows)
12304
12305         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12306         """
12307         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12308
12309     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12310         """
12311         SetVGap(self, int gap)
12312
12313         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12314         """
12315         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12316
12317     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12318         """
12319         SetHGap(self, int gap)
12320
12321         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12322         """
12323         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12324
12325     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12326         """
12327         GetCols(self) -> int
12328
12329         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12330         """
12331         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12332
12333     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12334         """
12335         GetRows(self) -> int
12336
12337         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12338         """
12339         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12340
12341     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12342         """
12343         GetVGap(self) -> int
12344
12345         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12346         """
12347         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12348
12349     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12350         """
12351         GetHGap(self) -> int
12352
12353         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12354         """
12355         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12356
12357     def CalcRowsCols(self):
12358         """
12359         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
12360
12361         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
12362         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
12363         in the constructor.
12364         """
12365         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
12366         rows = self.GetRows()
12367         cols = self.GetCols()
12368         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
12369         if cols != 0:
12370             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
12371         elif rows != 0:
12372             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
12373         return (rows, cols)
12374
12375     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
12376     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
12377     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
12378     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
12379 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
12380
12381 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12382
12383 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12384 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
12385 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
12386 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
12387     """
12388     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12389     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
12390     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
12391     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
12392     the `wx.GridSizer`.
12393
12394     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
12395     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
12396     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
12397     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
12398     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
12399     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
12400
12401
12402     """
12403     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12404     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12405     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12406         """
12407         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
12408
12409         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
12410         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
12411         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12412         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12413         define extra space between all children.
12414         """
12415         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12416         self._setOORInfo(self)
12417
12418     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12419         """
12420         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12421
12422         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
12423         is extra space available to the sizer.
12424
12425         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12426         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12427         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12428         """
12429         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12430
12431     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12432         """
12433         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
12434
12435         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
12436         """
12437         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12438
12439     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12440         """
12441         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12442
12443         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
12444         there is extra space available to the sizer.
12445
12446         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12447         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12448         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12449         """
12450         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12451
12452     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12453         """
12454         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
12455
12456         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
12457         """
12458         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12459
12460     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12461         """
12462         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
12463
12464         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
12465         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
12466         other value is ignored.
12467
12468             ==============    =======================================
12469             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
12470             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
12471             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
12472                               (this is the default value).
12473             ==============    =======================================
12474
12475         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12476
12477         """
12478         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12479
12480     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12481         """
12482         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12483
12484         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12485         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12486
12487         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12488         """
12489         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12490
12491     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12492         """
12493         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12494
12495         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12496         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12497         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12498
12499             ==========================  =================================================
12500             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12501             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12502                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12503                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12504                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
12505             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12506                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
12507                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12508             ==========================  =================================================
12509
12510         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12511         """
12512         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12513
12514     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12515         """
12516         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12517
12518         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12519         non-flexible direction if there is one.
12520
12521         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12522         """
12523         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12524
12525     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
12526         """
12527         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12528
12529         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12530         rows in the sizer.
12531         """
12532         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
12533
12534     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
12535         """
12536         GetColWidths(self) -> list
12537
12538         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12539         columns in the sizer.
12540         """
12541         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
12542
12543     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
12544     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
12545     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
12546     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
12547 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
12548
12549 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
12550     """
12551     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12552     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
12553     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12554     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12555     will take care of the rest.
12556
12557     """
12558     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12559     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12560     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12561         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12562         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12563     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12564         """
12565         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12566
12567         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12568         method in the base class.
12569         """
12570         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12571
12572     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12573         """
12574         Realize(self)
12575
12576         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12577         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12578         specifc manner.
12579         """
12580         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12581
12582     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12583         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12584         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12585
12586     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12587         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12588         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12589
12590     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12591         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12592         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12593
12594     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12595         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12596         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12597
12598     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12599         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12600         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12601
12602     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12603         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12604         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12605
12606     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12607         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12608         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12609
12610     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12611         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12612         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12613
12614     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
12615     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
12616     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
12617     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
12618     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
12619 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12620
12621 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12622
12623 class GBPosition(object):
12624     """
12625     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12626     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12627     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12628     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12629     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12630     """
12631     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12632     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12633     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12634         """
12635         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12636
12637         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12638         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12639         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12640         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12641         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12642         """
12643         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12644     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12645     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12646     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12647         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12648         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12649
12650     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12651         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12652         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12653
12654     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12655         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12656         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12657
12658     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12659         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12660         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12661
12662     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12663         """
12664         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12665
12666         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12667         """
12668         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12669
12670     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12671         """
12672         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12673
12674         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12675         """
12676         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12677
12678     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12679         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12680         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12681
12682     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12683         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12684         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12685
12686     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12687     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12688     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12689     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12690     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12691     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12692         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12693         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12694         else: raise IndexError
12695     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12696     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12697     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12698
12699     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12700     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12701
12702 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12703
12704 class GBSpan(object):
12705     """
12706     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12707     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12708     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12709     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12710     nearly transparently in Python code.
12711
12712     """
12713     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12714     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12715     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12716         """
12717         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12718
12719         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12720         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12721         cell in each direction.
12722         """
12723         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12724     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12725     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12726     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12727         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12728         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12729
12730     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12731         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12732         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12733
12734     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12735         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12736         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12737
12738     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12739         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12740         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12741
12742     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12743         """
12744         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12745
12746         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12747         """
12748         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12749
12750     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12751         """
12752         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12753
12754         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12755         """
12756         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12757
12758     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12759         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12760         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12761
12762     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12763         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12764         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12765
12766     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12767     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12768     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12769     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12770     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12771     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12772         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12773         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12774         else: raise IndexError
12775     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12776     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12777     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12778
12779     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12780     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12781
12782 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12783
12784 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12785     """
12786     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12787     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12788     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12789
12790     """
12791     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12792     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12793     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12794         """
12795         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12796
12797         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12798         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12799         item can be used in a Sizer.
12800
12801         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12802         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12803         """
12804         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12805     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12806     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12807     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12808         """
12809         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12810
12811         Get the grid position of the item
12812         """
12813         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12814
12815     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12816     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12817         """
12818         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12819
12820         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12821         """
12822         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12823
12824     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12825     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12826         """
12827         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12828
12829         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12830         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12831         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12832         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12833         """
12834         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12835
12836     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12837         """
12838         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12839
12840         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12841         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12842         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12843         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12844
12845         """
12846         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12847
12848     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12849         """
12850         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12851
12852         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12853         """
12854         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12855
12856     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12857         """
12858         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12859
12860         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12861         """
12862         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12863
12864     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12865         """
12866         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12867
12868         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12869         """
12870         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12871
12872     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12873         """
12874         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12875
12876         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12877         """
12878         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12879
12880     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12881         """
12882         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12883
12884         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12885         """
12886         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12887
12888     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
12889     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
12890     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
12891     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
12892 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12893 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12894
12895 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12896     """
12897     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12898         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12899
12900     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12901     """
12902     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12903     return val
12904
12905 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12906     """
12907     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12908         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12909
12910     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12911     """
12912     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12913     return val
12914
12915 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12916     """
12917     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12918         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12919
12920     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12921     """
12922     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12923     return val
12924
12925 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12926     """
12927     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12928     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12929     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12930     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12931     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12932     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12933
12934     """
12935     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12936     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12937     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12938         """
12939         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12940
12941         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12942         rows and columns.
12943         """
12944         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12945         self._setOORInfo(self)
12946
12947     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12948         """
12949         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12950         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12951
12952         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12953         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12954         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12955
12956         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12957         position, False if something was already there.
12958
12959         """
12960         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12961
12962     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12963         """
12964         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12965
12966         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12967         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12968         something was already there.
12969         """
12970         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12971
12972     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12973         """
12974         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12975
12976         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12977         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12978         """
12979         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12980
12981     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12982         """
12983         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12984
12985         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12986         """
12987         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12988
12989     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12990         """
12991         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12992
12993         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12994         """
12995         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12996
12997     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12998         """
12999         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
13000
13001         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13002         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13003         index of an item.
13004         """
13005         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
13006
13007     def SetItemPosition(*args):
13008         """
13009         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13010
13011         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13012         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13013         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
13014         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13015
13016         """
13017         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
13018
13019     def GetItemSpan(*args):
13020         """
13021         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13022
13023         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13024         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13025         zero-based index of an item.
13026         """
13027         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
13028
13029     def SetItemSpan(*args):
13030         """
13031         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13032
13033         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13034         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13035         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
13036         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13037         """
13038         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
13039
13040     def FindItem(*args):
13041         """
13042         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13043
13044         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13045         not found. (non-recursive)
13046         """
13047         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
13048
13049     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
13050         """
13051         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13052
13053         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13054         item at that position. (non-recursive)
13055         """
13056         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
13057
13058     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
13059         """
13060         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13061
13062         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13063         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13064         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13065         layout. (non-recursive)
13066         """
13067         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
13068
13069     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
13070         """
13071         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13072
13073         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13074         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13075         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13076         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13077         position of.
13078
13079         """
13080         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
13081
13082     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
13083         """
13084         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13085
13086         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13087         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
13088         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13089         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13090         position of.
13091         """
13092         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13093
13094 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13095
13096 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13097
13098 Left = _core_.Left
13099 Top = _core_.Top
13100 Right = _core_.Right
13101 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13102 Width = _core_.Width
13103 Height = _core_.Height
13104 Centre = _core_.Centre
13105 Center = _core_.Center
13106 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13107 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13108 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13109 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13110 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13111 Above = _core_.Above
13112 Below = _core_.Below
13113 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13114 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13115 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13116 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13117 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13118     """
13119     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13120     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13121     You will never need to create an instance of
13122     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13123     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13124     that it contains.
13125     """
13126     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13127     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13128     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13129     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13130         """
13131         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13132
13133         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13134         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13135         """
13136         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13137
13138     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13139         """
13140         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13141
13142         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13143         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13144         other window.
13145         """
13146         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13147
13148     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13149         """
13150         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13151
13152         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13153         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13154         other window.
13155         """
13156         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13157
13158     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13159         """
13160         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13161
13162         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13163         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13164         window.
13165         """
13166         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13167
13168     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13169         """
13170         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13171
13172         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13173         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13174         window.
13175         """
13176         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13177
13178     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13179         """
13180         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13181
13182         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13183         given window, with an optional margin.
13184         """
13185         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13186
13187     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13188         """
13189         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13190
13191         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13192         window, with an optional margin.
13193         """
13194         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13195
13196     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13197         """
13198         Absolute(self, int val)
13199
13200         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13201         """
13202         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13203
13204     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13205         """
13206         Unconstrained(self)
13207
13208         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13209         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13210         """
13211         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13212
13213     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13214         """
13215         AsIs(self)
13216
13217         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13218         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13219         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13220         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13221         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13222         button label.
13223         """
13224         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13225
13226     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13227         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13228         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13229
13230     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13231         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13232         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13233
13234     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13235         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13236         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13237
13238     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13239         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13240         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13241
13242     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13243         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13244         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13245
13246     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13247         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13248         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13249
13250     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13251         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13252         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13253
13254     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
13255         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13256         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
13257
13258     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13259         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13260         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13261
13262     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13263         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13264         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13265
13266     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13267         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13268         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13269
13270     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13271         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13272         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13273
13274     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13275         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13276         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13277
13278     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
13279         """
13280         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13281
13282         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13283         """
13284         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
13285
13286     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
13287         """
13288         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13289
13290         Try to satisfy constraint
13291         """
13292         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
13293
13294     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13295         """
13296         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13297
13298         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13299         is not determinable, -1.
13300         """
13301         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13302
13303     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
13304     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
13305     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
13306     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
13307     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
13308     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
13309     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
13310     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
13311 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
13312
13313 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
13314     """
13315     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13316     instead.
13317
13318     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13319     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13320
13321     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13322     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13323     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13324
13325         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13326         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13327         * top: represents the top edge of the window
13328         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13329         * width: represents the width of the window
13330         * height: represents the height of the window
13331         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13332         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13333
13334     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13335     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13336     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13337     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13338     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13339     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13340     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13341
13342     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13343
13344     """
13345     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13346     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13347     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
13348     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
13349     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
13350     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
13351     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
13352     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
13353     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
13354     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
13355     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13356         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13357         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
13358     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
13359     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13360     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
13361         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13362         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
13363
13364     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
13365         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13366         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
13367
13368 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
13369
13370 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13371
13372 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13373 try:
13374     True
13375 except NameError:
13376     __builtins__.True = 1==1
13377     __builtins__.False = 1==0
13378     def bool(value): return not not value
13379     __builtins__.bool = bool
13380
13381
13382
13383 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
13384 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
13385 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
13386 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
13387
13388
13389 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13390 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
13391 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
13392
13393 from __version__ import *
13394 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
13395
13396 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13397 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13398 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
13399     import warnings
13400     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
13401
13402 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13403
13404 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
13405 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
13406 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
13407 # encoding we need to use as well.)
13408 #
13409 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
13410 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
13411 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
13412 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
13413 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
13414 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
13415
13416 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13417 if default == 'ascii':
13418     import locale
13419     import codecs
13420     try:
13421         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
13422         codecs.lookup(default)
13423     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
13424         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13425     del locale
13426     del codecs
13427 if default:
13428     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
13429 del default
13430
13431 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13432
13433 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
13434     pass
13435
13436 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
13437     """
13438     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
13439     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
13440     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
13441     """
13442     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
13443     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
13444
13445     def __repr__(self):
13446         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13447             self._name = "[unknown]"
13448         return self.reprStr % self._name
13449
13450     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13451         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13452             self._name = "[unknown]"
13453         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
13454
13455     def __nonzero__(self):
13456         return 0
13457
13458
13459
13460 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
13461     pass
13462
13463 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
13464     """
13465     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
13466     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
13467     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
13468     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
13469     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
13470     is ready.
13471     """
13472
13473     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
13474     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
13475
13476     def __repr__(self):
13477         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13478         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13479         return self.reprStr #% self._name
13480
13481     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13482         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13483         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13484         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
13485
13486     def __nonzero__(self):
13487         return 0
13488
13489
13490 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13491
13492 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
13493     """
13494     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13495     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
13496     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
13497     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13498
13499     :see: `wx.CallLater`
13500     """
13501     app = wx.GetApp()
13502     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13503
13504     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
13505         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
13506         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
13507                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
13508     evt = wx.PyEvent()
13509     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
13510     evt.callable = callable
13511     evt.args = args
13512     evt.kw = kw
13513     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
13514
13515 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13516
13517
13518 class CallLater:
13519     """
13520     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13521     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13522     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
13523     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13524
13525     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13526     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
13527     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13528     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13529     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater
13530     object.
13531
13532     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13533     """
13534     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
13535         self.millis = millis
13536         self.callable = callable
13537         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13538         self.runCount = 0
13539         self.running = False
13540         self.hasRun = False
13541         self.result = None
13542         self.timer = None
13543         self.Start()
13544
13545     def __del__(self):
13546         self.Stop()
13547
13548
13549     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
13550         """
13551         (Re)start the timer
13552         """
13553         self.hasRun = False
13554         if millis is not None:
13555             self.millis = millis
13556         if args or kwargs:
13557             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13558         self.Stop()
13559         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
13560         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
13561         self.running = True
13562     Restart = Start
13563
13564
13565     def Stop(self):
13566         """
13567         Stop and destroy the timer.
13568         """
13569         if self.timer is not None:
13570             self.timer.Stop()
13571             self.timer = None
13572
13573
13574     def GetInterval(self):
13575         if self.timer is not None:
13576             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13577         else:
13578             return 0
13579
13580
13581     def IsRunning(self):
13582         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13583
13584
13585     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13586         """
13587         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13588         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13589         new call to the same callable object but with different
13590         parameters.
13591         """
13592         self.args = args
13593         self.kwargs = kwargs
13594
13595
13596     def HasRun(self):
13597         return self.hasRun
13598
13599     def GetResult(self):
13600         return self.result
13601
13602     def Notify(self):
13603         """
13604         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13605         """
13606         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13607             self.runCount += 1
13608             self.running = False
13609             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13610         self.hasRun = True
13611         if not self.running:
13612             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13613             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13614
13615     Interval = property(GetInterval)
13616     Result = property(GetResult)
13617
13618
13619 class FutureCall(CallLater):
13620     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`."""
13621
13622 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13623 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13624 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13625 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13626 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13627 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13628 # where they should be used.
13629
13630 class __DocFilter:
13631     """
13632     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13633     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13634     """
13635     def __init__(self, globals):
13636         self._globals = globals
13637
13638     def __call__(self, name):
13639         import types
13640         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13641
13642         # only document classes and function
13643         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13644             return False
13645
13646         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13647         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13648             return False
13649
13650         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13651         if name.find('_') != -1:
13652             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13653             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13654             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13655                 return False
13656
13657         return True
13658
13659 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13660 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13661
13662 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13663 # "core" wx namespace
13664 from _gdi import *
13665 from _windows import *
13666 from _controls import *
13667 from _misc import *
13668
13669 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13670 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13671
13672
13673